| 1 | /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993. |
| 4 | Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files. |
| 5 | Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support. |
| 6 | Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support. |
| 7 | Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support. |
| 8 | |
| 9 | This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 12 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 13 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) |
| 14 | any later version. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 17 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 18 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 19 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 20 | |
| 21 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 22 | along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
| 23 | Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA |
| 24 | 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 25 | |
| 26 | /* Mach Operating System |
| 27 | Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University |
| 28 | All Rights Reserved. |
| 29 | |
| 30 | Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its |
| 31 | documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright |
| 32 | notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the |
| 33 | software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions |
| 34 | thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation. |
| 35 | |
| 36 | CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS |
| 37 | CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR |
| 38 | ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE. |
| 39 | |
| 40 | Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to |
| 41 | |
| 42 | Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution@CS.CMU.EDU |
| 43 | School of Computer Science |
| 44 | Carnegie Mellon University |
| 45 | Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890 |
| 46 | |
| 47 | any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the |
| 48 | rights to redistribute these changes. */ |
| 49 | |
| 50 | #include "as.h" |
| 51 | #include "subsegs.h" |
| 52 | #include "struc-symbol.h" |
| 53 | #include "ecoff.h" |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #include "opcode/alpha.h" |
| 56 | |
| 57 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 58 | #include "elf/alpha.h" |
| 59 | #endif |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 62 | #include "vms.h" |
| 63 | #include "vms/egps.h" |
| 64 | #endif |
| 65 | |
| 66 | #include "dwarf2dbg.h" |
| 67 | #include "dw2gencfi.h" |
| 68 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 69 | \f |
| 70 | /* Local types. */ |
| 71 | |
| 72 | #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1 |
| 73 | #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2 |
| 74 | #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2 |
| 75 | #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5 |
| 76 | |
| 77 | /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this |
| 78 | file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */ |
| 79 | typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type; |
| 80 | |
| 81 | struct alpha_fixup |
| 82 | { |
| 83 | expressionS exp; |
| 84 | /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */ |
| 85 | extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; |
| 86 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 87 | /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */ |
| 88 | symbolS *xtrasym; |
| 89 | |
| 90 | /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */ |
| 91 | symbolS *procsym; |
| 92 | #endif |
| 93 | }; |
| 94 | |
| 95 | struct alpha_insn |
| 96 | { |
| 97 | unsigned insn; |
| 98 | int nfixups; |
| 99 | struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS]; |
| 100 | long sequence; |
| 101 | }; |
| 102 | |
| 103 | enum alpha_macro_arg |
| 104 | { |
| 105 | MACRO_EOA = 1, |
| 106 | MACRO_IR, |
| 107 | MACRO_PIR, |
| 108 | MACRO_OPIR, |
| 109 | MACRO_CPIR, |
| 110 | MACRO_FPR, |
| 111 | MACRO_EXP |
| 112 | }; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | struct alpha_macro |
| 115 | { |
| 116 | const char *name; |
| 117 | void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *); |
| 118 | const void * arg; |
| 119 | enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16]; |
| 120 | }; |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /* Extra expression types. */ |
| 123 | |
| 124 | #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */ |
| 125 | #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */ |
| 126 | |
| 127 | /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */ |
| 128 | #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */ |
| 129 | #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */ |
| 130 | #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */ |
| 131 | #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */ |
| 132 | #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */ |
| 133 | #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */ |
| 134 | #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */ |
| 135 | #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */ |
| 136 | #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */ |
| 137 | #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */ |
| 138 | #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */ |
| 139 | #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */ |
| 140 | #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */ |
| 141 | #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */ |
| 142 | #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */ |
| 143 | #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */ |
| 144 | #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */ |
| 145 | #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */ |
| 146 | #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */ |
| 147 | #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */ |
| 148 | #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */ |
| 149 | #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */ |
| 150 | #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */ |
| 151 | |
| 152 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1) |
| 153 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2) |
| 154 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3) |
| 155 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4) |
| 156 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5) |
| 157 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6) |
| 158 | #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7) |
| 159 | |
| 160 | #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel) |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */ |
| 163 | |
| 164 | #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0) |
| 165 | #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0) |
| 166 | #define regno(x) ((x) & 31) |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */ |
| 169 | |
| 170 | #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R))) |
| 171 | #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R))) |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */ |
| 174 | /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when |
| 175 | cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */ |
| 176 | |
| 177 | #if 1 |
| 178 | #define range_signed_16(x) \ |
| 179 | (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1) |
| 180 | #define range_signed_32(x) \ |
| 181 | (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1) |
| 182 | #else |
| 183 | #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \ |
| 184 | (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF) |
| 185 | #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \ |
| 186 | (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF) |
| 187 | #endif |
| 188 | |
| 189 | /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */ |
| 190 | /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about, |
| 191 | but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */ |
| 192 | |
| 193 | #if 1 |
| 194 | #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x)) |
| 195 | #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x)) |
| 196 | #else |
| 197 | #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) |
| 198 | #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \ |
| 199 | ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000) |
| 200 | #endif |
| 201 | |
| 202 | /* Macros to build tokens. */ |
| 203 | |
| 204 | #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 205 | (t).X_op = O_register, \ |
| 206 | (t).X_add_number = (r)) |
| 207 | #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 208 | (t).X_op = O_pregister, \ |
| 209 | (t).X_add_number = (r)) |
| 210 | #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 211 | (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \ |
| 212 | (t).X_add_number = (r)) |
| 213 | #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 214 | (t).X_op = O_register, \ |
| 215 | (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32) |
| 216 | #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 217 | (t).X_op = O_symbol, \ |
| 218 | (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \ |
| 219 | (t).X_add_number = (a)) |
| 220 | #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \ |
| 221 | (t).X_op = O_constant, \ |
| 222 | (t).X_add_number = (n)) |
| 223 | \f |
| 224 | /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all |
| 225 | targets. */ |
| 226 | |
| 227 | /* Characters which always start a comment. */ |
| 228 | const char comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */ |
| 231 | const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 232 | |
| 233 | /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a |
| 234 | single line. */ |
| 235 | const char line_separator_chars[] = ";"; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating |
| 238 | point number. */ |
| 239 | const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant, |
| 242 | as in 0d1.0. */ |
| 243 | /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */ |
| 244 | const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; |
| 245 | |
| 246 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 247 | const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:"; |
| 248 | #else |
| 249 | const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:"; |
| 250 | #endif |
| 251 | |
| 252 | struct option md_longopts[] = |
| 253 | { |
| 254 | #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE) |
| 255 | { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR }, |
| 256 | #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1) |
| 257 | { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX }, |
| 258 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 259 | #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1) |
| 260 | #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1) |
| 261 | { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG }, |
| 262 | { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG }, |
| 263 | #endif |
| 264 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 265 | #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1) |
| 266 | #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1) |
| 267 | { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE }, |
| 268 | { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE }, |
| 269 | #endif |
| 270 | { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 } |
| 271 | }; |
| 272 | |
| 273 | size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); |
| 274 | \f |
| 275 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 276 | #define AXP_REG_R0 0 |
| 277 | #define AXP_REG_R16 16 |
| 278 | #define AXP_REG_R17 17 |
| 279 | #undef AXP_REG_T9 |
| 280 | #define AXP_REG_T9 22 |
| 281 | #undef AXP_REG_T10 |
| 282 | #define AXP_REG_T10 23 |
| 283 | #undef AXP_REG_T11 |
| 284 | #define AXP_REG_T11 24 |
| 285 | #undef AXP_REG_T12 |
| 286 | #define AXP_REG_T12 25 |
| 287 | #define AXP_REG_AI 25 |
| 288 | #undef AXP_REG_FP |
| 289 | #define AXP_REG_FP 29 |
| 290 | |
| 291 | #undef AXP_REG_GP |
| 292 | #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV |
| 293 | |
| 294 | #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 295 | |
| 296 | /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */ |
| 297 | static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE; |
| 298 | static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>"; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */ |
| 301 | static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */ |
| 304 | static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash; |
| 305 | |
| 306 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 307 | /* The $gp relocation symbol. */ |
| 308 | static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol; |
| 309 | |
| 310 | /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */ |
| 311 | valueT alpha_gp_value; |
| 312 | #endif |
| 313 | |
| 314 | /* The current $gp register. */ |
| 315 | static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP; |
| 316 | |
| 317 | /* A table of the register symbols. */ |
| 318 | static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64]; |
| 319 | |
| 320 | /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */ |
| 321 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 322 | static segT alpha_lita_section; |
| 323 | #endif |
| 324 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 325 | segT alpha_link_section; |
| 326 | #endif |
| 327 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 328 | static segT alpha_lit8_section; |
| 329 | #endif |
| 330 | |
| 331 | /* Symbols referring to said sections. */ |
| 332 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 333 | static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol; |
| 334 | #endif |
| 335 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 336 | static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol; |
| 337 | #endif |
| 338 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 339 | static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol; |
| 340 | #endif |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */ |
| 343 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 344 | static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal; |
| 345 | #endif |
| 346 | |
| 347 | /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */ |
| 348 | static int alpha_noat_on = 0; |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /* Are macros enabled? */ |
| 351 | static int alpha_macros_on = 1; |
| 352 | |
| 353 | /* Are floats disabled? */ |
| 354 | static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0; |
| 355 | |
| 356 | /* Are addresses 32 bit? */ |
| 357 | static int alpha_addr32_on = 0; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees |
| 360 | foo: |
| 361 | .quad 0 |
| 362 | and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it |
| 363 | will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */ |
| 364 | static symbolS *alpha_insn_label; |
| 365 | #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX) |
| 366 | static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label; |
| 367 | #endif |
| 368 | |
| 369 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 370 | /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */ |
| 371 | static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol; |
| 372 | #endif |
| 373 | |
| 374 | /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops. |
| 375 | .align 0 will turn this off. */ |
| 376 | static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 377 | |
| 378 | /* The known current alignment of the current section. */ |
| 379 | static int alpha_current_align; |
| 380 | |
| 381 | /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */ |
| 382 | unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */ |
| 385 | static int alpha_debug; |
| 386 | |
| 387 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 388 | /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */ |
| 389 | int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1; |
| 390 | #endif |
| 391 | |
| 392 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 393 | /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */ |
| 394 | int alpha_flag_replace = 1; |
| 395 | #endif |
| 396 | |
| 397 | /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */ |
| 398 | static int alpha_flag_relax; |
| 399 | |
| 400 | /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */ |
| 401 | static int g_switch_value = 8; |
| 402 | |
| 403 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 404 | /* Collect information about current procedure here. */ |
| 405 | struct alpha_evax_procs |
| 406 | { |
| 407 | symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */ |
| 408 | int pdsckind; |
| 409 | int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */ |
| 410 | int framesize; /* Size of frame. */ |
| 411 | int rsa_offset; |
| 412 | int ra_save; |
| 413 | int fp_save; |
| 414 | long imask; |
| 415 | long fmask; |
| 416 | int type; |
| 417 | int prologue; |
| 418 | symbolS *handler; |
| 419 | int handler_data; |
| 420 | }; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */ |
| 423 | struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root; |
| 424 | static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail; |
| 425 | |
| 426 | /* Current procedure descriptor. */ |
| 427 | static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc; |
| 428 | static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data; |
| 429 | |
| 430 | static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */ |
| 431 | static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */ |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is |
| 434 | longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */ |
| 435 | |
| 436 | #endif |
| 437 | \f |
| 438 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 439 | /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate |
| 440 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such |
| 441 | that op-O_literal indexes into it. */ |
| 442 | |
| 443 | #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \ |
| 444 | (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \ |
| 445 | ? (abort (), 0) \ |
| 446 | : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ]) |
| 447 | |
| 448 | #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \ |
| 449 | { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW} |
| 450 | |
| 451 | static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag |
| 452 | { |
| 453 | const char *name; /* String to lookup. */ |
| 454 | size_t length; /* Size of the string. */ |
| 455 | operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */ |
| 456 | extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; |
| 457 | unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */ |
| 458 | unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */ |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | alpha_reloc_op[] = |
| 461 | { |
| 462 | DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1), |
| 463 | DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1), |
| 464 | DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1), |
| 465 | DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1), |
| 466 | DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1), |
| 467 | DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1), |
| 468 | DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1), |
| 469 | DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1), |
| 470 | DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1), |
| 471 | DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0), |
| 472 | DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0), |
| 473 | DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0), |
| 474 | DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0), |
| 475 | DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1), |
| 476 | DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1), |
| 477 | DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0), |
| 478 | DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0), |
| 479 | DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0), |
| 480 | DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0), |
| 481 | DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0), |
| 482 | DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0), |
| 483 | DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0), |
| 484 | DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0), |
| 485 | }; |
| 486 | |
| 487 | #undef DEF |
| 488 | |
| 489 | static const int alpha_num_reloc_op |
| 490 | = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op); |
| 491 | #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */ |
| 492 | |
| 493 | /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */ |
| 494 | #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25 |
| 495 | |
| 496 | /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */ |
| 497 | struct alpha_reloc_tag |
| 498 | { |
| 499 | fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */ |
| 500 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 501 | struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */ |
| 502 | struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */ |
| 503 | #endif |
| 504 | fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */ |
| 505 | segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */ |
| 506 | long sequence; /* Sequence #. */ |
| 507 | unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */ |
| 508 | unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */ |
| 509 | unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */ |
| 510 | unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1; |
| 511 | unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1; |
| 512 | unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1; |
| 513 | unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */ |
| 514 | char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */ |
| 515 | }; |
| 516 | |
| 517 | /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */ |
| 518 | static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */ |
| 521 | static long next_sequence_num = -1; |
| 522 | \f |
| 523 | /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */ |
| 524 | |
| 525 | static const struct cpu_type |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | const char *name; |
| 528 | unsigned flags; |
| 529 | } |
| 530 | cpu_types[] = |
| 531 | { |
| 532 | /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't. |
| 533 | This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and |
| 534 | usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more |
| 535 | specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */ |
| 536 | |
| 537 | { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 }, |
| 538 | { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 }, |
| 539 | { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 }, |
| 540 | { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 }, |
| 541 | { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 }, |
| 542 | { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX }, |
| 543 | { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX |
| 544 | |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) }, |
| 545 | { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX |
| 546 | |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) }, |
| 547 | { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX |
| 548 | |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) }, |
| 549 | { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX |
| 550 | |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) }, |
| 551 | |
| 552 | { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE }, |
| 553 | { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE }, |
| 554 | { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE }, |
| 555 | { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE }, |
| 556 | { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX }, |
| 557 | { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX }, |
| 558 | { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX }, |
| 559 | { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX }, |
| 560 | { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX }, |
| 561 | |
| 562 | { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE }, |
| 563 | { 0, 0 } |
| 564 | }; |
| 565 | |
| 566 | /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */ |
| 567 | static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL }; |
| 568 | static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" }; |
| 569 | static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" }; |
| 570 | static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" }; |
| 571 | static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" }; |
| 572 | static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" }; |
| 573 | static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" }; |
| 574 | static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" }; |
| 575 | static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL }; |
| 576 | |
| 577 | static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type); |
| 578 | static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *); |
| 579 | static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int); |
| 580 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 581 | static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void); |
| 582 | static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT); |
| 583 | #endif |
| 584 | \f |
| 585 | static struct alpha_reloc_tag * |
| 586 | get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence) |
| 587 | { |
| 588 | char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS]; |
| 589 | struct alpha_reloc_tag *info; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence); |
| 592 | |
| 593 | info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer); |
| 594 | if (! info) |
| 595 | { |
| 596 | size_t len = strlen (buffer); |
| 597 | const char *errmsg; |
| 598 | |
| 599 | info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) |
| 600 | xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1); |
| 601 | |
| 602 | info->segment = now_seg; |
| 603 | info->sequence = sequence; |
| 604 | strcpy (info->string, buffer); |
| 605 | errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info); |
| 606 | if (errmsg) |
| 607 | as_fatal ("%s", errmsg); |
| 608 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 609 | info->sym = 0; |
| 610 | info->psym = 0; |
| 611 | #endif |
| 612 | } |
| 613 | |
| 614 | return info; |
| 615 | } |
| 616 | |
| 617 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 618 | |
| 619 | static void |
| 620 | alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 621 | asection *sec, |
| 622 | void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 623 | { |
| 624 | segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec); |
| 625 | fixS **prevP; |
| 626 | fixS *fixp; |
| 627 | fixS *next; |
| 628 | fixS *slave; |
| 629 | |
| 630 | /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do |
| 631 | anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update |
| 632 | the links in place. */ |
| 633 | if (seginfo == NULL) |
| 634 | return; |
| 635 | |
| 636 | /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */ |
| 637 | if (! seginfo->fix_root) |
| 638 | return; |
| 639 | |
| 640 | /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and |
| 641 | gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */ |
| 642 | prevP = &seginfo->fix_root; |
| 643 | for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next) |
| 644 | { |
| 645 | next = fixp->fx_next; |
| 646 | fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0; |
| 647 | |
| 648 | switch (fixp->fx_r_type) |
| 649 | { |
| 650 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE: |
| 651 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0) |
| 652 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 653 | _("No !literal!%ld was found"), |
| 654 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence); |
| 655 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 656 | if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD) |
| 657 | { |
| 658 | if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd) |
| 659 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 660 | _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"), |
| 661 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence); |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM) |
| 664 | { |
| 665 | if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm) |
| 666 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 667 | _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"), |
| 668 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence); |
| 669 | } |
| 670 | #endif |
| 671 | break; |
| 672 | |
| 673 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16: |
| 674 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0) |
| 675 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 676 | _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"), |
| 677 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence); |
| 678 | break; |
| 679 | |
| 680 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 681 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info |
| 682 | && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd |
| 683 | || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)) |
| 684 | break; |
| 685 | /* FALLTHRU */ |
| 686 | |
| 687 | default: |
| 688 | *prevP = fixp; |
| 689 | prevP = &fixp->fx_next; |
| 690 | break; |
| 691 | } |
| 692 | } |
| 693 | |
| 694 | /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently |
| 695 | linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we |
| 696 | go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain |
| 697 | once again. |
| 698 | |
| 699 | Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence |
| 700 | number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure |
| 701 | how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to |
| 702 | get the relaxation correct. |
| 703 | |
| 704 | ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that |
| 705 | we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type |
| 706 | present. Not implemented. |
| 707 | |
| 708 | Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread |
| 709 | in different segments. This can happen with "intersting" uses of |
| 710 | inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */ |
| 711 | |
| 712 | for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next) |
| 713 | { |
| 714 | next = fixp->fx_next; |
| 715 | switch (fixp->fx_r_type) |
| 716 | { |
| 717 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD: |
| 718 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM: |
| 719 | if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info) |
| 720 | break; |
| 721 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0) |
| 722 | break; |
| 723 | else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1) |
| 724 | { |
| 725 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 726 | _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"), |
| 727 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence, |
| 728 | (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD |
| 729 | ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm")); |
| 730 | break; |
| 731 | } |
| 732 | |
| 733 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next; |
| 734 | fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master; |
| 735 | fixp = fixp->fx_next; |
| 736 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 737 | |
| 738 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 739 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info |
| 740 | && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1 |
| 741 | && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p) |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves; |
| 744 | slave != (fixS *) 0; |
| 745 | slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc) |
| 746 | { |
| 747 | slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next; |
| 748 | fixp->fx_next = slave; |
| 749 | } |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | break; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16: |
| 754 | if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0) |
| 755 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 756 | _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"), |
| 757 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence); |
| 758 | else |
| 759 | { |
| 760 | slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves; |
| 761 | slave->fx_next = next; |
| 762 | fixp->fx_next = slave; |
| 763 | } |
| 764 | break; |
| 765 | |
| 766 | default: |
| 767 | break; |
| 768 | } |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user |
| 773 | supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal |
| 774 | relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */ |
| 775 | |
| 776 | void |
| 777 | alpha_before_fix (void) |
| 778 | { |
| 779 | if (alpha_literal_hash) |
| 780 | bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL); |
| 781 | } |
| 782 | |
| 783 | #endif |
| 784 | \f |
| 785 | #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA |
| 786 | static void |
| 787 | debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok) |
| 788 | { |
| 789 | int i; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok); |
| 792 | for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++) |
| 793 | { |
| 794 | expressionS *t = &tok[i]; |
| 795 | const char *name; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | switch (t->X_op) |
| 798 | { |
| 799 | default: name = "unknown"; break; |
| 800 | case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break; |
| 801 | case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break; |
| 802 | case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break; |
| 803 | case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break; |
| 804 | case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break; |
| 805 | case O_register: name = "O_register"; break; |
| 806 | case O_big: name = "O_big"; break; |
| 807 | case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break; |
| 808 | case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break; |
| 809 | case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break; |
| 810 | case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break; |
| 811 | case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break; |
| 812 | case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break; |
| 813 | case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break; |
| 814 | case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break; |
| 815 | case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break; |
| 816 | case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break; |
| 817 | case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break; |
| 818 | case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break; |
| 819 | case O_add: name = "O_add"; break; |
| 820 | case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break; |
| 821 | case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break; |
| 822 | case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break; |
| 823 | case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break; |
| 824 | case O_le: name = "O_le"; break; |
| 825 | case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break; |
| 826 | case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break; |
| 827 | case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break; |
| 828 | case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break; |
| 829 | case O_index: name = "O_index"; break; |
| 830 | case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break; |
| 831 | case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break; |
| 832 | case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break; |
| 833 | case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break; |
| 834 | case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break; |
| 835 | case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break; |
| 836 | case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break; |
| 837 | case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break; |
| 838 | case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break; |
| 839 | case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break; |
| 840 | case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break; |
| 841 | case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break; |
| 842 | case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break; |
| 843 | case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break; |
| 844 | case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break; |
| 845 | case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break; |
| 846 | case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break; |
| 847 | case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break; |
| 848 | case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break; |
| 849 | case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break; |
| 850 | case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break; |
| 851 | case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break; |
| 852 | case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break; |
| 853 | case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break; |
| 854 | case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break; |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name, |
| 858 | (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--", |
| 859 | (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--", |
| 860 | (int) t->X_add_number); |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 863 | fflush (stderr); |
| 864 | } |
| 865 | #endif |
| 866 | |
| 867 | /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */ |
| 868 | |
| 869 | static int |
| 870 | tokenize_arguments (char *str, |
| 871 | expressionS tok[], |
| 872 | int ntok) |
| 873 | { |
| 874 | expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok; |
| 875 | char *old_input_line_pointer; |
| 876 | int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0; |
| 877 | #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA |
| 878 | expressionS *orig_tok = tok; |
| 879 | #endif |
| 880 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 881 | char *p; |
| 882 | const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r; |
| 883 | int c, i; |
| 884 | size_t len; |
| 885 | int reloc_found_p = 0; |
| 886 | #endif |
| 887 | |
| 888 | memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok); |
| 889 | |
| 890 | /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */ |
| 891 | old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer; |
| 892 | input_line_pointer = str; |
| 893 | |
| 894 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 895 | /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */ |
| 896 | is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1; |
| 897 | #endif |
| 898 | |
| 899 | while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer) |
| 900 | { |
| 901 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 902 | switch (*input_line_pointer) |
| 903 | { |
| 904 | case '\0': |
| 905 | goto fini; |
| 906 | |
| 907 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 908 | case '!': |
| 909 | /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an |
| 910 | assembly language statement, and has the following form: |
| 911 | !relocation_type!sequence_number. */ |
| 912 | if (reloc_found_p) |
| 913 | { |
| 914 | /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */ |
| 915 | as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn")); |
| 916 | goto err_report; |
| 917 | } |
| 918 | |
| 919 | if (!saw_arg) |
| 920 | goto err; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 923 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 924 | c = get_symbol_name (&p); |
| 925 | |
| 926 | /* Parse !relocation_type. */ |
| 927 | len = input_line_pointer - p; |
| 928 | if (len == 0) |
| 929 | { |
| 930 | as_bad (_("No relocation operand")); |
| 931 | goto err_report; |
| 932 | } |
| 933 | |
| 934 | r = &alpha_reloc_op[0]; |
| 935 | for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++) |
| 936 | if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0) |
| 937 | break; |
| 938 | if (i < 0) |
| 939 | { |
| 940 | as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p); |
| 941 | goto err_report; |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 945 | SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME (); |
| 946 | if (*input_line_pointer != '!') |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | if (r->require_seq) |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p); |
| 951 | goto err_report; |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | tok->X_add_number = 0; |
| 955 | } |
| 956 | else |
| 957 | { |
| 958 | if (! r->allow_seq) |
| 959 | { |
| 960 | as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p); |
| 961 | goto err_report; |
| 962 | } |
| 963 | |
| 964 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 965 | |
| 966 | /* Parse !sequence_number. */ |
| 967 | expression (tok); |
| 968 | if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0) |
| 969 | { |
| 970 | as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"), |
| 971 | r->name, input_line_pointer); |
| 972 | goto err_report; |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | tok->X_op = r->op; |
| 977 | reloc_found_p = 1; |
| 978 | ++tok; |
| 979 | break; |
| 980 | #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */ |
| 981 | |
| 982 | case ',': |
| 983 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 984 | if (saw_comma || !saw_arg) |
| 985 | goto err; |
| 986 | saw_comma = 1; |
| 987 | break; |
| 988 | |
| 989 | case '(': |
| 990 | { |
| 991 | char *hold = input_line_pointer++; |
| 992 | |
| 993 | /* First try for parenthesized register ... */ |
| 994 | expression (tok); |
| 995 | if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register) |
| 996 | { |
| 997 | tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister); |
| 998 | saw_comma = 0; |
| 999 | saw_arg = 1; |
| 1000 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 1001 | ++tok; |
| 1002 | break; |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */ |
| 1006 | input_line_pointer = hold; |
| 1007 | } |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | default: |
| 1010 | if (saw_arg && !saw_comma) |
| 1011 | goto err; |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | expression (tok); |
| 1014 | if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent) |
| 1015 | goto err; |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | saw_comma = 0; |
| 1018 | saw_arg = 1; |
| 1019 | ++tok; |
| 1020 | break; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | fini: |
| 1025 | if (saw_comma) |
| 1026 | goto err; |
| 1027 | input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA |
| 1030 | debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok)); |
| 1031 | #endif |
| 1032 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 1033 | is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0; |
| 1034 | #endif |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | return ntok - (end_tok - tok); |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | err: |
| 1039 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 1040 | is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0; |
| 1041 | #endif |
| 1042 | input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer; |
| 1043 | return TOKENIZE_ERROR; |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 1046 | err_report: |
| 1047 | is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0; |
| 1048 | #endif |
| 1049 | input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer; |
| 1050 | return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT; |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a |
| 1054 | syntax match. */ |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | static const struct alpha_opcode * |
| 1057 | find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode, |
| 1058 | const expressionS *tok, |
| 1059 | int *pntok, |
| 1060 | int *pcpumatch) |
| 1061 | { |
| 1062 | const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode; |
| 1063 | int ntok = *pntok; |
| 1064 | int got_cpu_match = 0; |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | do |
| 1067 | { |
| 1068 | const unsigned char *opidx; |
| 1069 | int tokidx = 0; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */ |
| 1072 | if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target)) |
| 1073 | goto match_failed; |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | got_cpu_match = 1; |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx) |
| 1078 | { |
| 1079 | const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx]; |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | /* Only take input from real operands. */ |
| 1082 | if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE) |
| 1083 | continue; |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */ |
| 1086 | if (tokidx >= ntok) |
| 1087 | { |
| 1088 | if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0) |
| 1089 | goto match_failed; |
| 1090 | continue; |
| 1091 | } |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | /* Match operand type with expression type. */ |
| 1094 | switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK) |
| 1095 | { |
| 1096 | case AXP_OPERAND_IR: |
| 1097 | if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register |
| 1098 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 1099 | goto match_failed; |
| 1100 | break; |
| 1101 | case AXP_OPERAND_FPR: |
| 1102 | if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register |
| 1103 | || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 1104 | goto match_failed; |
| 1105 | break; |
| 1106 | case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS: |
| 1107 | if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister |
| 1108 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 1109 | goto match_failed; |
| 1110 | break; |
| 1111 | case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA: |
| 1112 | if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister |
| 1113 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 1114 | goto match_failed; |
| 1115 | break; |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE: |
| 1118 | case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED: |
| 1119 | case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED: |
| 1120 | switch (tok[tokidx].X_op) |
| 1121 | { |
| 1122 | case O_illegal: |
| 1123 | case O_absent: |
| 1124 | case O_register: |
| 1125 | case O_pregister: |
| 1126 | case O_cpregister: |
| 1127 | goto match_failed; |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | default: |
| 1130 | break; |
| 1131 | } |
| 1132 | break; |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | default: |
| 1135 | /* Everything else should have been fake. */ |
| 1136 | abort (); |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | ++tokidx; |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */ |
| 1142 | if (tokidx == ntok) |
| 1143 | { |
| 1144 | *pntok = ntok; |
| 1145 | return opcode; |
| 1146 | } |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | match_failed:; |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes |
| 1151 | && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name)); |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | if (*pcpumatch) |
| 1154 | *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | return NULL; |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble |
| 1160 | the insn, but do not emit it. |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more |
| 1163 | than one insn in an insn structure. */ |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | static void |
| 1166 | assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname, |
| 1167 | const expressionS *tok, |
| 1168 | int ntok, |
| 1169 | struct alpha_insn *insn) |
| 1170 | { |
| 1171 | const struct alpha_opcode *opcode; |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | /* Search opcodes. */ |
| 1174 | opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname); |
| 1175 | if (opcode) |
| 1176 | { |
| 1177 | int cpumatch; |
| 1178 | opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch); |
| 1179 | if (opcode) |
| 1180 | { |
| 1181 | assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED); |
| 1182 | return; |
| 1183 | } |
| 1184 | else if (cpumatch) |
| 1185 | as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname); |
| 1186 | else |
| 1187 | as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname, |
| 1188 | alpha_target_name); |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | else |
| 1191 | as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname); |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita, |
| 1195 | .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */ |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | static void |
| 1198 | create_literal_section (const char *name, |
| 1199 | segT *secp, |
| 1200 | symbolS **symp) |
| 1201 | { |
| 1202 | segT current_section = now_seg; |
| 1203 | int current_subsec = now_subseg; |
| 1204 | segT new_sec; |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0); |
| 1207 | subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec); |
| 1208 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4); |
| 1209 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec, |
| 1210 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 1211 | | SEC_DATA); |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec)); |
| 1214 | } |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register. |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain |
| 1219 | O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format |
| 1220 | instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to |
| 1221 | the base register to use in that MEM format instruction. |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the |
| 1224 | expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or |
| 1225 | alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp, |
| 1226 | so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0; |
| 1227 | i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps, |
| 1228 | but this is what OSF/1 does. |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed, |
| 1231 | and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer. |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit |
| 1234 | a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the |
| 1235 | sequence number to use. */ |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | static long |
| 1238 | load_expression (int targreg, |
| 1239 | const expressionS *exp, |
| 1240 | int *pbasereg, |
| 1241 | expressionS *poffset, |
| 1242 | const char *opname) |
| 1243 | { |
| 1244 | long emit_lituse = 0; |
| 1245 | offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number; |
| 1246 | int basereg = *pbasereg; |
| 1247 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 1248 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | switch (exp->X_op) |
| 1251 | { |
| 1252 | case O_symbol: |
| 1253 | { |
| 1254 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 1255 | offsetT lit; |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from |
| 1258 | its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in |
| 1259 | which we'd fail. */ |
| 1260 | if (!range_signed_32 (addend) && |
| 1261 | (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)) |
| 1262 | { |
| 1263 | lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend, |
| 1264 | alpha_lita_section, 8); |
| 1265 | addend = 0; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | else |
| 1268 | lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0, |
| 1269 | alpha_lita_section, 8); |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | if (lit >= 0x8000) |
| 1272 | as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table")); |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */ |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg) |
| 1277 | { |
| 1278 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 1279 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 1280 | if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT) |
| 1281 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use")); |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | else |
| 1286 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit); |
| 1289 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register); |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1); |
| 1294 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL; |
| 1295 | insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--; |
| 1296 | #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */ |
| 1297 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1298 | /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */ |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg) |
| 1301 | { |
| 1302 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 1303 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 1304 | if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT) |
| 1305 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use")); |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 1308 | } |
| 1309 | else |
| 1310 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get |
| 1313 | better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens |
| 1314 | very infrequently anyway. */ |
| 1315 | if (1 |
| 1316 | || (!range_signed_32 (addend) |
| 1317 | && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))) |
| 1318 | { |
| 1319 | newtok[1] = *exp; |
| 1320 | addend = 0; |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | else |
| 1323 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0); |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register); |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1); |
| 1330 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL; |
| 1331 | insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--; |
| 1332 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 1333 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1334 | /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */ |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol) |
| 1337 | { |
| 1338 | /* Linkage-relative expression. */ |
| 1339 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | if (range_signed_16 (addend)) |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend); |
| 1344 | addend = 0; |
| 1345 | } |
| 1346 | else |
| 1347 | { |
| 1348 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1351 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | else |
| 1354 | { |
| 1355 | const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol); |
| 1356 | const char *ptr1, *ptr2; |
| 1357 | int symlen = strlen (symname); |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | if ((symlen > 4 && |
| 1360 | strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0)) |
| 1361 | { |
| 1362 | /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage |
| 1363 | section. Just read the address. */ |
| 1364 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | newtok[1] = *exp; |
| 1367 | newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract; |
| 1368 | newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1371 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1372 | alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol; |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | if (poffset) |
| 1375 | set_tok_const (*poffset, 0); |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26) |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */ |
| 1380 | char *ensymname; |
| 1381 | symbolS *ensym; |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */ |
| 1384 | ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2; |
| 1385 | if (ptr1 > ptr2) |
| 1386 | ptr1 = symname; |
| 1387 | ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5); |
| 1388 | memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1); |
| 1389 | memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5); |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 1392 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP; |
| 1393 | ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname); |
| 1394 | free (ensymname); |
| 1395 | symbol_mark_used (ensym); |
| 1396 | /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH |
| 1397 | case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker |
| 1398 | Utility Manual. */ |
| 1399 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol; |
| 1400 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym; |
| 1401 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 1402 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol; |
| 1403 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 1404 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be |
| 1407 | too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */ |
| 1408 | symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol); |
| 1409 | } |
| 1410 | else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27) |
| 1411 | { |
| 1412 | /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */ |
| 1413 | char *psymname; |
| 1414 | symbolS *psym; |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | /* Extract NAME. */ |
| 1417 | ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2; |
| 1418 | if (ptr1 > ptr2) |
| 1419 | ptr1 = symname; |
| 1420 | psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 1423 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA; |
| 1424 | psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname); |
| 1425 | free (psymname); |
| 1426 | symbol_mark_used (psym); |
| 1427 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract; |
| 1428 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym; |
| 1429 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 1430 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 1431 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol; |
| 1432 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 1433 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 1434 | } |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 1437 | return 0; |
| 1438 | } |
| 1439 | else |
| 1440 | { |
| 1441 | /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage |
| 1442 | section. */ |
| 1443 | symbolS *linkexp; |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | if (!range_signed_32 (addend)) |
| 1446 | addend = sign_extend_32 (addend); |
| 1447 | linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0); |
| 1448 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1449 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0); |
| 1450 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1451 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | } |
| 1454 | #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1459 | if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO) |
| 1460 | { |
| 1461 | /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */ |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg); |
| 1464 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg); |
| 1465 | assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1466 | } |
| 1467 | #endif |
| 1468 | basereg = targreg; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | break; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | case O_constant: |
| 1473 | break; |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | case O_subtract: |
| 1476 | /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an |
| 1477 | absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */ |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1480 | newtok[1] = *exp; |
| 1481 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1482 | assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | if (poffset) |
| 1485 | set_tok_const (*poffset, 0); |
| 1486 | return 0; |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | case O_big: |
| 1489 | if (exp->X_add_number > 0) |
| 1490 | as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed")); |
| 1491 | else |
| 1492 | as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed")); |
| 1493 | addend = 0; |
| 1494 | break; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | default: |
| 1497 | as_bad (_("can't handle expression")); |
| 1498 | addend = 0; |
| 1499 | break; |
| 1500 | } |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | if (!range_signed_32 (addend)) |
| 1503 | { |
| 1504 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1505 | symbolS *litexp; |
| 1506 | #else |
| 1507 | offsetT lit; |
| 1508 | long seq_num = next_sequence_num--; |
| 1509 | #endif |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */ |
| 1512 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1513 | /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */ |
| 1514 | litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend); |
| 1515 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1516 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0); |
| 1517 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register); |
| 1518 | assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1519 | #else |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL) |
| 1522 | { |
| 1523 | create_literal_section (".lit8", |
| 1524 | &alpha_lit8_section, |
| 1525 | &alpha_lit8_symbol); |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 1528 | alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000, |
| 1529 | alpha_lita_section, 8); |
| 1530 | if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000) |
| 1531 | as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table")); |
| 1532 | #endif |
| 1533 | } |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000; |
| 1536 | if (lit >= 0x8000) |
| 1537 | as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table")); |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */ |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | if (targreg == basereg) |
| 1542 | { |
| 1543 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 1544 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 1545 | if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT) |
| 1546 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use")); |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | else |
| 1551 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1552 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 1553 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal); |
| 1554 | #endif |
| 1555 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1556 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000); |
| 1557 | #endif |
| 1558 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register); |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1); |
| 1563 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 1564 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL; |
| 1565 | #endif |
| 1566 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1567 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL; |
| 1568 | #endif |
| 1569 | insn.sequence = seq_num; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */ |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit); |
| 1576 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number); |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 1581 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 1582 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 1583 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 1584 | insn.sequence = seq_num; |
| 1585 | emit_lituse = 0; |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */ |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg); |
| 1594 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg); |
| 1595 | assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1596 | } |
| 1597 | #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | if (poffset) |
| 1600 | set_tok_const (*poffset, 0); |
| 1601 | *pbasereg = targreg; |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | else |
| 1604 | { |
| 1605 | offsetT low, high, extra, tmp; |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */ |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | low = sign_extend_16 (addend); |
| 1610 | tmp = addend - low; |
| 1611 | high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16); |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | if (tmp - (high << 16)) |
| 1614 | { |
| 1615 | extra = 0x4000; |
| 1616 | tmp -= 0x40000000; |
| 1617 | high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16); |
| 1618 | } |
| 1619 | else |
| 1620 | extra = 0; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg); |
| 1623 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | if (extra) |
| 1626 | { |
| 1627 | /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */ |
| 1628 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra); |
| 1629 | assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1630 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg); |
| 1631 | } |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | if (high) |
| 1634 | { |
| 1635 | /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */ |
| 1636 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], high); |
| 1637 | assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1638 | basereg = targreg; |
| 1639 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 1640 | } |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg)) |
| 1643 | { |
| 1644 | /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */ |
| 1645 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], low); |
| 1646 | assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1647 | basereg = targreg; |
| 1648 | low = 0; |
| 1649 | } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | if (poffset) |
| 1652 | set_tok_const (*poffset, low); |
| 1653 | *pbasereg = basereg; |
| 1654 | } |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | return emit_lituse; |
| 1657 | } |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles |
| 1660 | most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and |
| 1661 | large constants. */ |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | static void |
| 1664 | emit_lda (const expressionS *tok, |
| 1665 | int ntok, |
| 1666 | const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1667 | { |
| 1668 | int basereg; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | if (ntok == 2) |
| 1671 | basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register); |
| 1672 | else |
| 1673 | basereg = tok[2].X_add_number; |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda"); |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31 |
| 1679 | as an implied base register. */ |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | static void |
| 1682 | emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok, |
| 1683 | int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1684 | const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 1689 | newtok[1] = tok[1]; |
| 1690 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO); |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0); |
| 1693 | } |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care |
| 1696 | of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment |
| 1697 | says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align |
| 1698 | feature wrt labels. */ |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | static void |
| 1701 | alpha_align (int n, |
| 1702 | char *pfill, |
| 1703 | symbolS *label, |
| 1704 | int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1705 | { |
| 1706 | if (alpha_current_align >= n) |
| 1707 | return; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | if (pfill == NULL) |
| 1710 | { |
| 1711 | if (subseg_text_p (now_seg)) |
| 1712 | frag_align_code (n, 0); |
| 1713 | else |
| 1714 | frag_align (n, 0, 0); |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | else |
| 1717 | frag_align (n, *pfill, 0); |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | alpha_current_align = n; |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg) |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now); |
| 1724 | S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ()); |
| 1725 | } |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | record_alignment (now_seg, n); |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment |
| 1730 | in a reloc for the linker to see. */ |
| 1731 | } |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */ |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | static void |
| 1736 | emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn) |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | char *f; |
| 1739 | int i; |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | /* Take care of alignment duties. */ |
| 1742 | if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2) |
| 1743 | alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0); |
| 1744 | if (alpha_current_align > 2) |
| 1745 | alpha_current_align = 2; |
| 1746 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | /* Write out the instruction. */ |
| 1749 | f = frag_more (4); |
| 1750 | md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4); |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1753 | dwarf2_emit_insn (4); |
| 1754 | #endif |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | /* Apply the fixups in order. */ |
| 1757 | for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i) |
| 1758 | { |
| 1759 | const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0; |
| 1760 | struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i]; |
| 1761 | struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL; |
| 1762 | int size, pcrel; |
| 1763 | fixS *fixP; |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */ |
| 1766 | if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0) |
| 1767 | { |
| 1768 | operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc]; |
| 1769 | size = 4; |
| 1770 | pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0); |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED |
| 1773 | || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16 |
| 1774 | || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16) |
| 1775 | { |
| 1776 | size = 2; |
| 1777 | pcrel = 0; |
| 1778 | } |
| 1779 | else |
| 1780 | { |
| 1781 | reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto = |
| 1782 | bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1783 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc); |
| 1784 | gas_assert (reloc_howto); |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | switch (fixup->reloc) |
| 1789 | { |
| 1790 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1791 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 1792 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 1793 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 1794 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 1795 | break; |
| 1796 | #endif |
| 1797 | default: |
| 1798 | gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4); |
| 1799 | } |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative; |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size, |
| 1805 | &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc); |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups, |
| 1808 | and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */ |
| 1809 | switch (fixup->reloc) |
| 1810 | { |
| 1811 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT: |
| 1812 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32: |
| 1813 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: |
| 1814 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16: |
| 1815 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16: |
| 1816 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16: |
| 1817 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16: |
| 1818 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16: |
| 1819 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16: |
| 1820 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16: |
| 1821 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16: |
| 1822 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16: |
| 1823 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16: |
| 1824 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1825 | break; |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16: |
| 1828 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1829 | fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg); |
| 1830 | fixP->fx_offset = 0; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1833 | if (++info->n_master > 1) |
| 1834 | as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence); |
| 1835 | if (info->segment != now_seg) |
| 1836 | as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"), |
| 1837 | insn->sequence); |
| 1838 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1839 | break; |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16: |
| 1842 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1845 | if (++info->n_slaves > 1) |
| 1846 | as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence); |
| 1847 | if (info->segment != now_seg) |
| 1848 | as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"), |
| 1849 | insn->sequence); |
| 1850 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1851 | info->slaves = fixP; |
| 1852 | break; |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL: |
| 1855 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 1856 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | if (insn->sequence == 0) |
| 1859 | break; |
| 1860 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1861 | info->master = fixP; |
| 1862 | info->n_master++; |
| 1863 | if (info->segment != now_seg) |
| 1864 | info->multi_section_p = 1; |
| 1865 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1866 | break; |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 1869 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR: |
| 1870 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR; |
| 1871 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1872 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE: |
| 1873 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE; |
| 1874 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1875 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF: |
| 1876 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF; |
| 1877 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1878 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR: |
| 1879 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR; |
| 1880 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1881 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD: |
| 1882 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD; |
| 1883 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1884 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM: |
| 1885 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM; |
| 1886 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1887 | case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT: |
| 1888 | fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT; |
| 1889 | goto do_lituse; |
| 1890 | do_lituse: |
| 1891 | fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg); |
| 1892 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE; |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1895 | if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD) |
| 1896 | info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1; |
| 1897 | else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM) |
| 1898 | info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1; |
| 1899 | if (++info->n_slaves > 1) |
| 1900 | { |
| 1901 | if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd) |
| 1902 | as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"), |
| 1903 | insn->sequence); |
| 1904 | else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm) |
| 1905 | as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"), |
| 1906 | insn->sequence); |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1909 | fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves; |
| 1910 | info->slaves = fixP; |
| 1911 | if (info->segment != now_seg) |
| 1912 | info->multi_section_p = 1; |
| 1913 | break; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD: |
| 1916 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | if (insn->sequence == 0) |
| 1919 | break; |
| 1920 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1921 | if (info->saw_tlsgd) |
| 1922 | as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence); |
| 1923 | else if (info->saw_tlsldm) |
| 1924 | as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"), |
| 1925 | insn->sequence); |
| 1926 | else |
| 1927 | info->saw_tlsgd = 1; |
| 1928 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1929 | break; |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM: |
| 1932 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | if (insn->sequence == 0) |
| 1935 | break; |
| 1936 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence); |
| 1937 | if (info->saw_tlsldm) |
| 1938 | as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence); |
| 1939 | else if (info->saw_tlsgd) |
| 1940 | as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"), |
| 1941 | insn->sequence); |
| 1942 | else |
| 1943 | info->saw_tlsldm = 1; |
| 1944 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1945 | break; |
| 1946 | #endif |
| 1947 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 1948 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 1949 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 1950 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 1951 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 1952 | info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--); |
| 1953 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info; |
| 1954 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym; |
| 1955 | fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym; |
| 1956 | break; |
| 1957 | #endif |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | default: |
| 1960 | if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0) |
| 1961 | { |
| 1962 | if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW) |
| 1963 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 1964 | } |
| 1965 | break; |
| 1966 | } |
| 1967 | } |
| 1968 | } |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */ |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | static unsigned |
| 1973 | insert_operand (unsigned insn, |
| 1974 | const struct alpha_operand *operand, |
| 1975 | offsetT val, |
| 1976 | const char *file, |
| 1977 | unsigned line) |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)) |
| 1980 | { |
| 1981 | offsetT min, max; |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED) |
| 1984 | { |
| 1985 | max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1; |
| 1986 | min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1)); |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | else |
| 1989 | { |
| 1990 | max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1; |
| 1991 | min = 0; |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | if (val < min || val > max) |
| 1995 | as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line); |
| 1996 | } |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | if (operand->insert) |
| 1999 | { |
| 2000 | const char *errmsg = NULL; |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg); |
| 2003 | if (errmsg) |
| 2004 | as_warn ("%s", errmsg); |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | else |
| 2007 | insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift); |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | return insn; |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into |
| 2013 | an instruction and a fixup. */ |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | static void |
| 2016 | assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode, |
| 2017 | const expressionS *tok, |
| 2018 | int ntok, |
| 2019 | struct alpha_insn *insn, |
| 2020 | extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc) |
| 2021 | { |
| 2022 | const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL; |
| 2023 | const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL; |
| 2024 | const unsigned char *argidx; |
| 2025 | unsigned image; |
| 2026 | int tokidx = 0; |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn)); |
| 2029 | image = opcode->opcode; |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx) |
| 2032 | { |
| 2033 | const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx]; |
| 2034 | const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0; |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE) |
| 2037 | { |
| 2038 | /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */ |
| 2039 | image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0); |
| 2040 | continue; |
| 2041 | } |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | if (tokidx >= ntok) |
| 2044 | { |
| 2045 | switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) |
| 2046 | { |
| 2047 | case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST: |
| 2048 | t = &tok[0]; |
| 2049 | break; |
| 2050 | case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND: |
| 2051 | t = &tok[1]; |
| 2052 | break; |
| 2053 | case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO: |
| 2054 | { |
| 2055 | static expressionS zero_exp; |
| 2056 | t = &zero_exp; |
| 2057 | zero_exp.X_op = O_constant; |
| 2058 | zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1; |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | break; |
| 2061 | default: |
| 2062 | abort (); |
| 2063 | } |
| 2064 | } |
| 2065 | else |
| 2066 | t = &tok[tokidx++]; |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | switch (t->X_op) |
| 2069 | { |
| 2070 | case O_register: |
| 2071 | case O_pregister: |
| 2072 | case O_cpregister: |
| 2073 | image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number), |
| 2074 | NULL, 0); |
| 2075 | break; |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | case O_constant: |
| 2078 | image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0); |
| 2079 | gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL); |
| 2080 | reloc_operand = operand; |
| 2081 | reloc_exp = t; |
| 2082 | break; |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | default: |
| 2085 | /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers, |
| 2086 | which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */ |
| 2087 | if (operand->default_reloc == 0) |
| 2088 | abort (); |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two |
| 2091 | relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not |
| 2092 | override the operand reloc. */ |
| 2093 | if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT) |
| 2094 | { |
| 2095 | struct alpha_fixup *fixup; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS) |
| 2098 | as_fatal (_("too many fixups")); |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++]; |
| 2101 | fixup->exp = *t; |
| 2102 | fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT; |
| 2103 | } |
| 2104 | else |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 2107 | reloc = operand->default_reloc; |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL); |
| 2110 | reloc_operand = operand; |
| 2111 | reloc_exp = t; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | break; |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | } |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 2118 | { |
| 2119 | struct alpha_fixup *fixup; |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS) |
| 2122 | as_fatal (_("too many fixups")); |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same |
| 2125 | relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the |
| 2126 | correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */ |
| 2127 | if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP) |
| 2128 | { |
| 2129 | if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0) |
| 2130 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16; |
| 2131 | else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0) |
| 2132 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16; |
| 2133 | else |
| 2134 | as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction")); |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then |
| 2138 | the relocation width should match the operand width. |
| 2139 | Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */ |
| 2140 | else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0) |
| 2141 | { |
| 2142 | reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto |
| 2143 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 2144 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc); |
| 2145 | if (reloc_operand == NULL |
| 2146 | || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits) |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field")); |
| 2149 | return; |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++]; |
| 2154 | if (reloc_exp) |
| 2155 | fixup->exp = *reloc_exp; |
| 2156 | else |
| 2157 | fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2158 | fixup->reloc = reloc; |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | insn->insn = image; |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u, |
| 2165 | etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple |
| 2166 | expressions like the lda macro. */ |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | static void |
| 2169 | emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2170 | int ntok, |
| 2171 | const void * opname) |
| 2172 | { |
| 2173 | int basereg; |
| 2174 | long lituse; |
| 2175 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2176 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2177 | const char *symname |
| 2178 | = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): ""; |
| 2179 | int symlen = strlen (symname); |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | if (ntok == 2) |
| 2182 | basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register); |
| 2183 | else |
| 2184 | basereg = tok[2].X_add_number; |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], |
| 2187 | &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname); |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | if (basereg == alpha_gp_register && |
| 2190 | (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0)) |
| 2191 | return; |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2194 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | if (lituse) |
| 2199 | { |
| 2200 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2201 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 2202 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2203 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2204 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2205 | } |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2208 | } |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores. |
| 2211 | Again, we handle simple expressions. */ |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | static void |
| 2214 | emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2215 | int ntok, |
| 2216 | const void * opname) |
| 2217 | { |
| 2218 | int basereg; |
| 2219 | long lituse; |
| 2220 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2221 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | if (ntok == 2) |
| 2224 | basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register); |
| 2225 | else |
| 2226 | basereg = tok[2].X_add_number; |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number)) |
| 2229 | { |
| 2230 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2231 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], |
| 2234 | &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname); |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | else |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | newtok[1] = tok[1]; |
| 2239 | lituse = 0; |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2243 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | if (lituse) |
| 2248 | { |
| 2249 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2250 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 2251 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2252 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2253 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2257 | } |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */ |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | static void |
| 2262 | emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2263 | int ntok, |
| 2264 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2265 | { |
| 2266 | if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX) |
| 2267 | emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]); |
| 2268 | else |
| 2269 | { |
| 2270 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2271 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2272 | int basereg; |
| 2273 | long lituse; |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2276 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | if (ntok == 2) |
| 2279 | basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant |
| 2280 | ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register); |
| 2281 | else |
| 2282 | basereg = tok[2].X_add_number; |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */ |
| 2285 | lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda"); |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */ |
| 2288 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2289 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2290 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 2291 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | if (lituse) |
| 2294 | { |
| 2295 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2296 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 2297 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2298 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2299 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2300 | } |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */ |
| 2305 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg); |
| 2306 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2307 | assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | if (lituse) |
| 2310 | { |
| 2311 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2312 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF; |
| 2313 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2314 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2315 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2316 | } |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | } |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */ |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | static void |
| 2325 | emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2326 | int ntok, |
| 2327 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2328 | { |
| 2329 | emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize); |
| 2330 | assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1); |
| 2331 | } |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned |
| 2334 | value. */ |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | static void |
| 2337 | emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2338 | int ntok, |
| 2339 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2340 | { |
| 2341 | long lgsize = (long) vlgsize; |
| 2342 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2345 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */ |
| 2348 | memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok); |
| 2349 | newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT; |
| 2350 | assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1); |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 | /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */ |
| 2353 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2354 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2355 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2356 | assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */ |
| 2359 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2360 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1); |
| 2361 | assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */ |
| 2364 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2365 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2366 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2367 | assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */ |
| 2370 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2371 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2372 | assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */ |
| 2375 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2376 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2377 | newtok[2] = tok[0]; |
| 2378 | assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value. |
| 2382 | Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we |
| 2383 | don't have to do the sign extension. */ |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | static void |
| 2386 | emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2387 | int ntok, |
| 2388 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2389 | { |
| 2390 | emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize); |
| 2391 | assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1); |
| 2392 | } |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /* Implement the ldil macro. */ |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | static void |
| 2397 | emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2398 | int ntok, |
| 2399 | const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | expressionS newtok[2]; |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok)); |
| 2404 | newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number); |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1); |
| 2407 | } |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | /* Store a half-word or byte. */ |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | static void |
| 2412 | emit_stX (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2413 | int ntok, |
| 2414 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2415 | { |
| 2416 | int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize; |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX) |
| 2419 | emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]); |
| 2420 | else |
| 2421 | { |
| 2422 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2423 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2424 | int basereg; |
| 2425 | long lituse; |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2428 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | if (ntok == 2) |
| 2431 | basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant |
| 2432 | ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register); |
| 2433 | else |
| 2434 | basereg = tok[2].X_add_number; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */ |
| 2437 | lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda"); |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */ |
| 2440 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2441 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2442 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg); |
| 2443 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | if (lituse) |
| 2446 | { |
| 2447 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2448 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 2449 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2450 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2451 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2452 | } |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */ |
| 2457 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2458 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg); |
| 2459 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2460 | assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | if (lituse) |
| 2463 | { |
| 2464 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2465 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF; |
| 2466 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2467 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2468 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */ |
| 2474 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2475 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2476 | assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | if (lituse) |
| 2479 | { |
| 2480 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2481 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF; |
| 2482 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2483 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2484 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */ |
| 2490 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2491 | assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */ |
| 2494 | set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0); |
| 2495 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2496 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | if (lituse) |
| 2499 | { |
| 2500 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2501 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE; |
| 2502 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2503 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2504 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2508 | } |
| 2509 | } |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */ |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | static void |
| 2514 | emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2515 | int ntok, |
| 2516 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2517 | { |
| 2518 | int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize; |
| 2519 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */ |
| 2522 | memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok); |
| 2523 | newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT; |
| 2524 | assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1); |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */ |
| 2527 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2528 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2529 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2530 | assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */ |
| 2533 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2534 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1); |
| 2535 | assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */ |
| 2538 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2539 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2540 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2541 | assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */ |
| 2544 | set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12); |
| 2545 | assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */ |
| 2548 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2549 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2550 | assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */ |
| 2553 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2554 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2555 | assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */ |
| 2558 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2559 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2560 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2561 | assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */ |
| 2564 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2565 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12); |
| 2566 | newtok[2] = newtok[0]; |
| 2567 | assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */ |
| 2570 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2571 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1); |
| 2572 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2573 | assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */ |
| 2576 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2577 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2578 | assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2579 | } |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is |
| 2582 | implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */ |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | static void |
| 2585 | emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2586 | int ntok, |
| 2587 | const void * vlgsize) |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | long lgsize = (long) vlgsize; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX) |
| 2592 | assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0); |
| 2593 | else |
| 2594 | { |
| 2595 | int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize); |
| 2596 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */ |
| 2599 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2600 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift); |
| 2601 | newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1]; |
| 2602 | assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */ |
| 2605 | newtok[0] = newtok[2]; |
| 2606 | assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */ |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call. |
| 2615 | Don't clobber PV and RA. */ |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | static void |
| 2618 | emit_division (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2619 | int ntok, |
| 2620 | const void * symname) |
| 2621 | { |
| 2622 | /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech. |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | Convert |
| 2625 | OP x,y,result |
| 2626 | to |
| 2627 | mov x,R16 # if x != R16 |
| 2628 | mov y,R17 # if y != R17 |
| 2629 | lda AT,__OP |
| 2630 | jsr AT,(AT),0 |
| 2631 | mov R0,result |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers |
| 2634 | specified by the compiler. */ |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | int xr, yr, rr; |
| 2637 | symbolS *sym; |
| 2638 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number); |
| 2641 | yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number); |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | if (ntok < 3) |
| 2644 | rr = xr; |
| 2645 | else |
| 2646 | rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number); |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | /* Move the operands into the right place. */ |
| 2649 | if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17) |
| 2650 | { |
| 2651 | /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */ |
| 2652 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2653 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16); |
| 2656 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2657 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17); |
| 2660 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16); |
| 2661 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2664 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17); |
| 2665 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2666 | } |
| 2667 | else |
| 2668 | { |
| 2669 | if (yr == AXP_REG_R16) |
| 2670 | { |
| 2671 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16); |
| 2672 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17); |
| 2673 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | if (xr != AXP_REG_R16) |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr); |
| 2679 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16); |
| 2680 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17) |
| 2684 | { |
| 2685 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr); |
| 2686 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17); |
| 2687 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2688 | } |
| 2689 | } |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2694 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0); |
| 2695 | assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | /* Call the division routine. */ |
| 2698 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2699 | set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2700 | set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0); |
| 2701 | assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | /* Move the result to the right place. */ |
| 2704 | if (rr != AXP_REG_R0) |
| 2705 | { |
| 2706 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0); |
| 2707 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr); |
| 2708 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2709 | } |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | static void |
| 2715 | emit_division (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2716 | int ntok, |
| 2717 | const void * symname) |
| 2718 | { |
| 2719 | /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech. |
| 2720 | Convert |
| 2721 | OP x,y,result |
| 2722 | to |
| 2723 | lda pv,__OP |
| 2724 | mov x,t10 |
| 2725 | mov y,t11 |
| 2726 | jsr t9,(pv),__OP |
| 2727 | mov t12,result |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers |
| 2730 | specified by the compiler. */ |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | int xr, yr, rr; |
| 2733 | symbolS *sym; |
| 2734 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number); |
| 2737 | yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number); |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | if (ntok < 3) |
| 2740 | rr = xr; |
| 2741 | else |
| 2742 | rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number); |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname); |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | /* Move the operands into the right place. */ |
| 2747 | if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11) |
| 2748 | { |
| 2749 | /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */ |
| 2750 | if (alpha_noat_on) |
| 2751 | as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect")); |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2754 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2755 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2758 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2759 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT); |
| 2762 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2763 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2764 | } |
| 2765 | else |
| 2766 | { |
| 2767 | if (yr == AXP_REG_T10) |
| 2768 | { |
| 2769 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2770 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2771 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | if (xr != AXP_REG_T10) |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr); |
| 2777 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10); |
| 2778 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2779 | } |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11) |
| 2782 | { |
| 2783 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr); |
| 2784 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11); |
| 2785 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | } |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | /* Call the division routine. */ |
| 2790 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2791 | set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0); |
| 2792 | assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | /* Reload the GP register. */ |
| 2795 | #ifdef OBJ_AOUT |
| 2796 | FIXME |
| 2797 | #endif |
| 2798 | #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF) |
| 2799 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register); |
| 2800 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2801 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9); |
| 2802 | assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1); |
| 2803 | #endif |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | /* Move the result to the right place. */ |
| 2806 | if (rr != AXP_REG_T12) |
| 2807 | { |
| 2808 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12); |
| 2809 | set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr); |
| 2810 | assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1); |
| 2811 | } |
| 2812 | } |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts |
| 2817 | in that they can load the target address and default most |
| 2818 | everything. */ |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | static void |
| 2821 | emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2822 | int ntok, |
| 2823 | const void * vopname) |
| 2824 | { |
| 2825 | const char *opname = (const char *) vopname; |
| 2826 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2827 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2828 | int r, tokidx = 0; |
| 2829 | long lituse = 0; |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register) |
| 2832 | r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number); |
| 2833 | else |
| 2834 | r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA; |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r); |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | if (tokidx < ntok && |
| 2839 | (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister)) |
| 2840 | r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number); |
| 2841 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 2842 | /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */ |
| 2843 | #else |
| 2844 | else |
| 2845 | { |
| 2846 | int basereg = alpha_gp_register; |
| 2847 | lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx], |
| 2848 | &basereg, NULL, opname); |
| 2849 | } |
| 2850 | #endif |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r); |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 2855 | if (tokidx < ntok) |
| 2856 | newtok[2] = tok[tokidx]; |
| 2857 | else |
| 2858 | #endif |
| 2859 | set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0); |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | if (lituse) |
| 2864 | { |
| 2865 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2866 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR; |
| 2867 | insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent; |
| 2868 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2869 | insn.sequence = lituse; |
| 2870 | } |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 2873 | if (alpha_flag_replace |
| 2874 | && r == AXP_REG_RA |
| 2875 | && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol |
| 2876 | && alpha_linkage_symbol) |
| 2877 | { |
| 2878 | /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */ |
| 2879 | const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol); |
| 2880 | int symlen = strlen (symname); |
| 2881 | char *ensymname; |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */ |
| 2884 | ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5); |
| 2885 | memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen); |
| 2886 | memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5); |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS); |
| 2889 | if (insn.nfixups > 0) |
| 2890 | { |
| 2891 | memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0], |
| 2892 | sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups); |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP |
| 2896 | case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS |
| 2897 | Linker Utility Manual. */ |
| 2898 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH; |
| 2899 | insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol; |
| 2900 | insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname); |
| 2901 | insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 2902 | insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol; |
| 2903 | insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 2904 | insn.nfixups++; |
| 2905 | alpha_linkage_symbol = 0; |
| 2906 | free (ensymname); |
| 2907 | } |
| 2908 | #endif |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2911 | } |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction |
| 2914 | counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */ |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | static void |
| 2917 | emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok, |
| 2918 | int ntok, |
| 2919 | const void * vopname) |
| 2920 | { |
| 2921 | const char *opname = (const char *) vopname; |
| 2922 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2923 | int r, tokidx = 0; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register) |
| 2926 | r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number); |
| 2927 | else |
| 2928 | r = AXP_REG_ZERO; |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r); |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | if (tokidx < ntok && |
| 2933 | (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister)) |
| 2934 | r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number); |
| 2935 | else |
| 2936 | r = AXP_REG_RA; |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r); |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | if (tokidx < ntok) |
| 2941 | newtok[2] = tok[tokidx]; |
| 2942 | else |
| 2943 | set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0); |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0); |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | /* Implement the ldgp macro. */ |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | static void |
| 2951 | emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2952 | int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2953 | const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 2954 | { |
| 2955 | #ifdef OBJ_AOUT |
| 2956 | FIXME |
| 2957 | #endif |
| 2958 | #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF) |
| 2959 | /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)" |
| 2960 | with appropriate constants and relocations. */ |
| 2961 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 2962 | expressionS newtok[3]; |
| 2963 | expressionS addend; |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 2966 | if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV) |
| 2967 | ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0); |
| 2968 | #endif |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | newtok[0] = tok[0]; |
| 2971 | set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0); |
| 2972 | newtok[2] = tok[2]; |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | addend = tok[1]; |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 2979 | if (addend.X_op != O_constant) |
| 2980 | as_bad (_("can not resolve expression")); |
| 2981 | addend.X_op = O_symbol; |
| 2982 | addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol; |
| 2983 | #endif |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | insn.nfixups = 1; |
| 2986 | insn.fixups[0].exp = addend; |
| 2987 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16; |
| 2988 | insn.sequence = next_sequence_num; |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number); |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn); |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 2997 | addend.X_add_number += 4; |
| 2998 | #endif |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | insn.nfixups = 1; |
| 3001 | insn.fixups[0].exp = addend; |
| 3002 | insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16; |
| 3003 | insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 3006 | #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */ |
| 3007 | } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | /* The macro table. */ |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] = |
| 3012 | { |
| 3013 | /* Load/Store macros. */ |
| 3014 | { "lda", emit_lda, NULL, |
| 3015 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3016 | { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL, |
| 3017 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl", |
| 3020 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3021 | { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l", |
| 3022 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3023 | { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq", |
| 3024 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3025 | { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l", |
| 3026 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3027 | { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u", |
| 3028 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3029 | { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf", |
| 3030 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3031 | { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg", |
| 3032 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3033 | { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds", |
| 3034 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3035 | { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt", |
| 3036 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0, |
| 3039 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3040 | { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0, |
| 3041 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3042 | { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1, |
| 3043 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3044 | { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1, |
| 3045 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1, |
| 3048 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3049 | { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1, |
| 3050 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3051 | { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2, |
| 3052 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3053 | { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2, |
| 3054 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3055 | { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3, |
| 3056 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL, |
| 3059 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL, |
| 3062 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3063 | { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL, |
| 3064 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3065 | { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL, |
| 3066 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl", |
| 3069 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3070 | { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c", |
| 3071 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3072 | { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq", |
| 3073 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3074 | { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c", |
| 3075 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3076 | { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u", |
| 3077 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3078 | { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf", |
| 3079 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3080 | { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg", |
| 3081 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3082 | { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts", |
| 3083 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3084 | { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt", |
| 3085 | { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0, |
| 3088 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3089 | { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1, |
| 3090 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3091 | { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1, |
| 3092 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3093 | { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2, |
| 3094 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3095 | { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3, |
| 3096 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | /* Arithmetic macros. */ |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0, |
| 3101 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3102 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3103 | /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3104 | { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1, |
| 3105 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3106 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3107 | /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | { "divl", emit_division, "__divl", |
| 3110 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3111 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3112 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3113 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3114 | { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu", |
| 3115 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3116 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3117 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3118 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3119 | { "divq", emit_division, "__divq", |
| 3120 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3121 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3122 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3123 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3124 | { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu", |
| 3125 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3126 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3127 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3128 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3129 | { "reml", emit_division, "__reml", |
| 3130 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3131 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3132 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3133 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3134 | { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu", |
| 3135 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3136 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3137 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3138 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3139 | { "remq", emit_division, "__remq", |
| 3140 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3141 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3142 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3143 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3144 | { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu", |
| 3145 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3146 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3147 | /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3148 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } }, |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr", |
| 3151 | { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3152 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3153 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3154 | MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3155 | { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp", |
| 3156 | { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3157 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3158 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3159 | MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3160 | { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret", |
| 3161 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3162 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3163 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3164 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3165 | MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3166 | MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3167 | { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr", |
| 3168 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3169 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3170 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3171 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3172 | MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3173 | MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3174 | { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr", |
| 3175 | { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3176 | MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3177 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3178 | MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3179 | MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA, |
| 3180 | MACRO_EOA } }, |
| 3181 | }; |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros |
| 3184 | = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros); |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax |
| 3187 | match. */ |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | static const struct alpha_macro * |
| 3190 | find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro, |
| 3191 | const expressionS *tok, |
| 3192 | int *pntok) |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | { |
| 3195 | const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro; |
| 3196 | int ntok = *pntok; |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | do |
| 3199 | { |
| 3200 | const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets; |
| 3201 | int tokidx = 0; |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | while (*arg) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | switch (*arg) |
| 3206 | { |
| 3207 | case MACRO_EOA: |
| 3208 | if (tokidx == ntok) |
| 3209 | return macro; |
| 3210 | else |
| 3211 | tokidx = 0; |
| 3212 | break; |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | /* Index register. */ |
| 3215 | case MACRO_IR: |
| 3216 | if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register |
| 3217 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 3218 | goto match_failed; |
| 3219 | ++tokidx; |
| 3220 | break; |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | /* Parenthesized index register. */ |
| 3223 | case MACRO_PIR: |
| 3224 | if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister |
| 3225 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 3226 | goto match_failed; |
| 3227 | ++tokidx; |
| 3228 | break; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | /* Optional parenthesized index register. */ |
| 3231 | case MACRO_OPIR: |
| 3232 | if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister |
| 3233 | && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 3234 | ++tokidx; |
| 3235 | break; |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */ |
| 3238 | case MACRO_CPIR: |
| 3239 | if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister |
| 3240 | || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 3241 | goto match_failed; |
| 3242 | ++tokidx; |
| 3243 | break; |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | /* Floating point register. */ |
| 3246 | case MACRO_FPR: |
| 3247 | if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register |
| 3248 | || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)) |
| 3249 | goto match_failed; |
| 3250 | ++tokidx; |
| 3251 | break; |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | /* Normal expression. */ |
| 3254 | case MACRO_EXP: |
| 3255 | if (tokidx >= ntok) |
| 3256 | goto match_failed; |
| 3257 | switch (tok[tokidx].X_op) |
| 3258 | { |
| 3259 | case O_illegal: |
| 3260 | case O_absent: |
| 3261 | case O_register: |
| 3262 | case O_pregister: |
| 3263 | case O_cpregister: |
| 3264 | case O_literal: |
| 3265 | case O_lituse_base: |
| 3266 | case O_lituse_bytoff: |
| 3267 | case O_lituse_jsr: |
| 3268 | case O_gpdisp: |
| 3269 | case O_gprelhigh: |
| 3270 | case O_gprellow: |
| 3271 | case O_gprel: |
| 3272 | case O_samegp: |
| 3273 | goto match_failed; |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | default: |
| 3276 | break; |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | ++tokidx; |
| 3279 | break; |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | match_failed: |
| 3282 | while (*arg != MACRO_EOA) |
| 3283 | ++arg; |
| 3284 | tokidx = 0; |
| 3285 | break; |
| 3286 | } |
| 3287 | ++arg; |
| 3288 | } |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros |
| 3291 | && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name)); |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | return NULL; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the |
| 3297 | opcode all the way through emission. */ |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | static void |
| 3300 | assemble_tokens (const char *opname, |
| 3301 | const expressionS *tok, |
| 3302 | int ntok, |
| 3303 | int local_macros_on) |
| 3304 | { |
| 3305 | int found_something = 0; |
| 3306 | const struct alpha_opcode *opcode; |
| 3307 | const struct alpha_macro *macro; |
| 3308 | int cpumatch = 1; |
| 3309 | extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | #ifdef RELOC_OP_P |
| 3312 | /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */ |
| 3313 | if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)) |
| 3314 | { |
| 3315 | reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc; |
| 3316 | ntok--; |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | else |
| 3319 | #endif |
| 3320 | if (local_macros_on) |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *) |
| 3323 | hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname)); |
| 3324 | if (macro) |
| 3325 | { |
| 3326 | found_something = 1; |
| 3327 | macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok); |
| 3328 | if (macro) |
| 3329 | { |
| 3330 | (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg); |
| 3331 | return; |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | } |
| 3334 | } |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | /* Search opcodes. */ |
| 3337 | opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname); |
| 3338 | if (opcode) |
| 3339 | { |
| 3340 | found_something = 1; |
| 3341 | opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch); |
| 3342 | if (opcode) |
| 3343 | { |
| 3344 | struct alpha_insn insn; |
| 3345 | assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc); |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */ |
| 3348 | if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 3349 | insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number; |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | emit_insn (&insn); |
| 3352 | return; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | if (found_something) |
| 3357 | { |
| 3358 | if (cpumatch) |
| 3359 | as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname); |
| 3360 | else |
| 3361 | as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname, |
| 3362 | alpha_target_name); |
| 3363 | } |
| 3364 | else |
| 3365 | as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname); |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | \f |
| 3368 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | /* Add sym+addend to link pool. |
| 3371 | Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool. |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */ |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | static symbolS * |
| 3376 | add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend) |
| 3377 | { |
| 3378 | symbolS *basesym; |
| 3379 | segT current_section = now_seg; |
| 3380 | int current_subsec = now_subseg; |
| 3381 | char *p; |
| 3382 | segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section); |
| 3383 | fixS *fixp; |
| 3384 | symbolS *linksym, *expsym; |
| 3385 | expressionS e; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol; |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same |
| 3390 | size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */ |
| 3391 | /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */ |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | if (seginfo->frchainP) |
| 3394 | for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root; |
| 3395 | fixp != (fixS *) NULL; |
| 3396 | fixp = fixp->fx_next) |
| 3397 | { |
| 3398 | if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym |
| 3399 | && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend |
| 3400 | && fixp->tc_fix_data.info |
| 3401 | && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym |
| 3402 | && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym) |
| 3403 | return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym; |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | /* Not found, add a new entry. */ |
| 3407 | subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0); |
| 3408 | linksym = symbol_new |
| 3409 | (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now); |
| 3410 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 3411 | memset (p, 0, 8); |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */ |
| 3414 | e.X_op = O_subtract; |
| 3415 | e.X_add_symbol = linksym; |
| 3416 | e.X_op_symbol = basesym; |
| 3417 | e.X_add_number = 0; |
| 3418 | expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e); |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | /* Create a fixup for the entry. */ |
| 3421 | fixp = fix_new |
| 3422 | (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64); |
| 3423 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--); |
| 3424 | fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym; |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec); |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | /* Return the symbol. */ |
| 3429 | return expsym; |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 3432 | \f |
| 3433 | /* Assembler directives. */ |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it |
| 3436 | clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */ |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | static void |
| 3439 | s_alpha_text (int i) |
| 3440 | { |
| 3441 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 3442 | obj_elf_text (i); |
| 3443 | #else |
| 3444 | s_text (i); |
| 3445 | #endif |
| 3446 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3447 | { |
| 3448 | symbolS * symbolP; |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | symbolP = symbol_find (".text"); |
| 3451 | if (symbolP == NULL) |
| 3452 | { |
| 3453 | symbolP = symbol_make (".text"); |
| 3454 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section); |
| 3455 | symbol_table_insert (symbolP); |
| 3456 | } |
| 3457 | } |
| 3458 | #endif |
| 3459 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 3460 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 3461 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 3462 | } |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it |
| 3465 | clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */ |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | static void |
| 3468 | s_alpha_data (int i) |
| 3469 | { |
| 3470 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 3471 | obj_elf_data (i); |
| 3472 | #else |
| 3473 | s_data (i); |
| 3474 | #endif |
| 3475 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 3476 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 3477 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 3478 | } |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX) |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */ |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | static void |
| 3485 | s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3486 | { |
| 3487 | char *name; |
| 3488 | char c; |
| 3489 | char *p; |
| 3490 | offsetT size; |
| 3491 | symbolS *symbolP; |
| 3492 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3493 | offsetT temp; |
| 3494 | int log_align = 0; |
| 3495 | #endif |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | /* Just after name is now '\0'. */ |
| 3500 | p = input_line_pointer; |
| 3501 | *p = c; |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME (); |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */ |
| 3506 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3507 | { |
| 3508 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 3509 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0) |
| 3512 | { |
| 3513 | as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size); |
| 3514 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3515 | return; |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | *p = 0; |
| 3519 | symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3520 | *p = c; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)) |
| 3523 | { |
| 3524 | as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol")); |
| 3525 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3526 | return; |
| 3527 | } |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3530 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3531 | temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */ |
| 3532 | else |
| 3533 | { |
| 3534 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 3535 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3536 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3537 | } |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */ |
| 3540 | while ((temp >>= 1) != 0) |
| 3541 | ++log_align; |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3544 | { |
| 3545 | /* Extended form of the directive |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | .comm symbol, size, alignment, section |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section. |
| 3550 | The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */ |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | segT sec; |
| 3553 | const char *sec_name; |
| 3554 | symbolS *sec_symbol; |
| 3555 | segT current_seg = now_seg; |
| 3556 | subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg; |
| 3557 | int cur_size; |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 3560 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3561 | sec_name = s_alpha_section_name (); |
| 3562 | sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name); |
| 3563 | sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0); |
| 3564 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec); |
| 3565 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 3566 | bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0, |
| 3567 | EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD); |
| 3568 | record_alignment (sec, log_align); |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */ |
| 3571 | cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size; |
| 3572 | if ((int) size > cur_size) |
| 3573 | { |
| 3574 | char *pfrag |
| 3575 | = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL, |
| 3576 | (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL); |
| 3577 | *pfrag = 0; |
| 3578 | seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size; |
| 3579 | } |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec); |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg); |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | else |
| 3586 | { |
| 3587 | /* Regular form of the directive |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | .comm symbol, size, alignment |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | where the "common" semantics in on the symbol. |
| 3592 | These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */ |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | char *pfrag; |
| 3595 | segT current_seg = now_seg; |
| 3596 | subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg; |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | subseg_set (bss_section, 1); |
| 3599 | frag_align (log_align, 0, 0); |
| 3600 | record_alignment (bss_section, log_align); |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now); |
| 3603 | pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP, |
| 3604 | size, NULL); |
| 3605 | *pfrag = 0; |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section); |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg); |
| 3610 | } |
| 3611 | #endif |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP)) |
| 3614 | { |
| 3615 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size) |
| 3616 | as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."), |
| 3617 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP), |
| 3618 | (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), |
| 3619 | (long) size); |
| 3620 | } |
| 3621 | else |
| 3622 | { |
| 3623 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3624 | S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size); |
| 3625 | #endif |
| 3626 | S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP); |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | #ifndef OBJ_EVAX |
| 3630 | know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag); |
| 3631 | #endif |
| 3632 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */ |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it |
| 3640 | clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */ |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | static void |
| 3643 | s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3644 | { |
| 3645 | get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3646 | subseg_new (".rdata", 0); |
| 3647 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3648 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 3649 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 3650 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 3651 | } |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | #endif |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it |
| 3658 | clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */ |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | static void |
| 3661 | s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3662 | { |
| 3663 | get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3664 | subseg_new (".sdata", 0); |
| 3665 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3666 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 3667 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 3668 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 3669 | } |
| 3670 | #endif |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 3673 | struct alpha_elf_frame_data |
| 3674 | { |
| 3675 | symbolS *func_sym; |
| 3676 | symbolS *func_end_sym; |
| 3677 | symbolS *prologue_sym; |
| 3678 | unsigned int mask; |
| 3679 | unsigned int fmask; |
| 3680 | int fp_regno; |
| 3681 | int ra_regno; |
| 3682 | offsetT frame_size; |
| 3683 | offsetT mask_offset; |
| 3684 | offsetT fmask_offset; |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next; |
| 3687 | }; |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data; |
| 3690 | static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data; |
| 3691 | static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data; |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | extern int all_cfi_sections; |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it |
| 3696 | clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */ |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | static void |
| 3699 | s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3700 | { |
| 3701 | obj_elf_section (ignore); |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 3704 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 3705 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 3706 | } |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | static void |
| 3709 | s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3710 | { |
| 3711 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3712 | ecoff_directive_ent (0); |
| 3713 | else |
| 3714 | { |
| 3715 | char *name, name_end; |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | name_end = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 3718 | /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */ |
| 3719 | all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame; |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | if (! is_name_beginner (*name)) |
| 3722 | { |
| 3723 | as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name")); |
| 3724 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | else |
| 3727 | { |
| 3728 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | if (cur_frame_data) |
| 3731 | as_warn (_("nested .ent directives")); |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3734 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data); |
| 3737 | cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym; |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | /* Provide sensible defaults. */ |
| 3740 | cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */ |
| 3741 | cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */ |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data; |
| 3744 | plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next; |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure |
| 3747 | what it really means, but ignore it. */ |
| 3748 | *input_line_pointer = name_end; |
| 3749 | SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME (); |
| 3750 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3751 | { |
| 3752 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 3753 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-') |
| 3756 | (void) get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | } |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | static void |
| 3763 | s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3764 | { |
| 3765 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3766 | ecoff_directive_end (0); |
| 3767 | else |
| 3768 | { |
| 3769 | char *name, name_end; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | name_end = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | if (! is_name_beginner (*name)) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | as_warn (_(".end directive has no name")); |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | else |
| 3778 | { |
| 3779 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | sym = symbol_find (name); |
| 3782 | if (!cur_frame_data) |
| 3783 | as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent")); |
| 3784 | else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym) |
| 3785 | as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent")); |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */ |
| 3788 | if (sym && cur_frame_data) |
| 3789 | { |
| 3790 | OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym); |
| 3791 | expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS); |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | obj->size = exp; |
| 3794 | exp->X_op = O_subtract; |
| 3795 | exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now (); |
| 3796 | exp->X_op_symbol = sym; |
| 3797 | exp->X_add_number = 0; |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol; |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | cur_frame_data = NULL; |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 3806 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3807 | } |
| 3808 | } |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | static void |
| 3811 | s_alpha_mask (int fp) |
| 3812 | { |
| 3813 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | if (fp) |
| 3816 | ecoff_directive_fmask (0); |
| 3817 | else |
| 3818 | ecoff_directive_mask (0); |
| 3819 | } |
| 3820 | else |
| 3821 | { |
| 3822 | long val; |
| 3823 | offsetT offset; |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | if (!cur_frame_data) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | if (fp) |
| 3828 | as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent")); |
| 3829 | else |
| 3830 | as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent")); |
| 3831 | discard_rest_of_line (); |
| 3832 | return; |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',') |
| 3836 | { |
| 3837 | if (fp) |
| 3838 | as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive")); |
| 3839 | else |
| 3840 | as_warn (_("bad .mask directive")); |
| 3841 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 3842 | discard_rest_of_line (); |
| 3843 | return; |
| 3844 | } |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | offset = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3847 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | if (fp) |
| 3850 | { |
| 3851 | cur_frame_data->fmask = val; |
| 3852 | cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset; |
| 3853 | } |
| 3854 | else |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | cur_frame_data->mask = val; |
| 3857 | cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset; |
| 3858 | } |
| 3859 | } |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | static void |
| 3863 | s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3864 | { |
| 3865 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3866 | ecoff_directive_frame (0); |
| 3867 | else |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | long val; |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | if (!cur_frame_data) |
| 3872 | { |
| 3873 | as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent")); |
| 3874 | discard_rest_of_line (); |
| 3875 | return; |
| 3876 | } |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 | cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1); |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3881 | if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',' |
| 3882 | || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',') |
| 3883 | { |
| 3884 | as_warn (_("bad .frame directive")); |
| 3885 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 3886 | discard_rest_of_line (); |
| 3887 | return; |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | cur_frame_data->frame_size = val; |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0); |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms |
| 3894 | this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place |
| 3895 | to put this value, so ignore it. */ |
| 3896 | s_ignore (42); |
| 3897 | } |
| 3898 | } |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | static void |
| 3901 | s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3902 | { |
| 3903 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3904 | int arg; |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | arg = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3907 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3908 | alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new |
| 3909 | (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now); |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3912 | sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym (); |
| 3913 | else |
| 3914 | sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL; |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 3917 | { |
| 3918 | as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive")); |
| 3919 | return; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | switch (arg) |
| 3923 | { |
| 3924 | case 0: /* No PV required. */ |
| 3925 | S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV |
| 3926 | | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)); |
| 3927 | break; |
| 3928 | case 1: /* Std GP load. */ |
| 3929 | S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD |
| 3930 | | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)); |
| 3931 | break; |
| 3932 | case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */ |
| 3933 | break; |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | default: |
| 3936 | as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg); |
| 3937 | break; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | if (cur_frame_data) |
| 3941 | cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now (); |
| 3942 | } |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | static char *first_file_directive; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | static void |
| 3947 | s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3948 | { |
| 3949 | /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our |
| 3950 | minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */ |
| 3951 | if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive) |
| 3952 | { |
| 3953 | char *start = input_line_pointer; |
| 3954 | size_t len; |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | discard_rest_of_line (); |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | len = input_line_pointer - start; |
| 3959 | first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len); |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | input_line_pointer = start; |
| 3962 | } |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3965 | ecoff_directive_file (0); |
| 3966 | else |
| 3967 | dwarf2_directive_file (0); |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | static void |
| 3971 | s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 3972 | { |
| 3973 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3974 | ecoff_directive_loc (0); |
| 3975 | else |
| 3976 | dwarf2_directive_loc (0); |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | static void |
| 3980 | s_alpha_stab (int n) |
| 3981 | { |
| 3982 | /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */ |
| 3983 | if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0) |
| 3984 | { |
| 3985 | segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0); |
| 3986 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY); |
| 3987 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3); |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | ecoff_read_begin_hook (); |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | if (first_file_directive) |
| 3992 | { |
| 3993 | char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer; |
| 3994 | input_line_pointer = first_file_directive; |
| 3995 | ecoff_directive_file (0); |
| 3996 | input_line_pointer = save_ilp; |
| 3997 | free (first_file_directive); |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | alpha_flag_mdebug = 1; |
| 4001 | } |
| 4002 | s_stab (n); |
| 4003 | } |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | static void |
| 4006 | s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which) |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | static void (* const fns[]) (int) = { |
| 4009 | ecoff_directive_begin, |
| 4010 | ecoff_directive_bend, |
| 4011 | ecoff_directive_def, |
| 4012 | ecoff_directive_dim, |
| 4013 | ecoff_directive_endef, |
| 4014 | ecoff_directive_scl, |
| 4015 | ecoff_directive_tag, |
| 4016 | ecoff_directive_val, |
| 4017 | }; |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns))); |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 4022 | (*fns[which]) (0); |
| 4023 | else |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled.")); |
| 4026 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4027 | } |
| 4028 | } |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames |
| 4031 | unless the compiler has done it for us. */ |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | void |
| 4034 | alpha_elf_md_end (void) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | if (cur_frame_data) |
| 4039 | as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end")); |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */ |
| 4042 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL) |
| 4043 | return; |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have |
| 4046 | generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not. |
| 4047 | Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here. |
| 4048 | For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that |
| 4049 | the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */ |
| 4050 | if (all_fde_data != NULL) |
| 4051 | return; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */ |
| 4054 | for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next) |
| 4055 | if (p->prologue_sym) |
| 4056 | { |
| 4057 | /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our |
| 4058 | function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */ |
| 4059 | cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym), |
| 4060 | S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym), |
| 4061 | symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym))); |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | cfi_set_sections (); |
| 4064 | cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno); |
| 4065 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30); |
| 4066 | if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size) |
| 4067 | { |
| 4068 | unsigned int mask; |
| 4069 | offsetT offset; |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym); |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | if (p->fp_regno != 30) |
| 4074 | if (p->frame_size != 0) |
| 4075 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size); |
| 4076 | else |
| 4077 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno); |
| 4078 | else if (p->frame_size != 0) |
| 4079 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size); |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | mask = p->mask; |
| 4082 | offset = p->mask_offset; |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */ |
| 4085 | if ((mask >> 26) & 1) |
| 4086 | { |
| 4087 | cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset); |
| 4088 | offset += 8; |
| 4089 | mask &= ~(1 << 26); |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | while (mask) |
| 4092 | { |
| 4093 | unsigned int i; |
| 4094 | i = mask & -mask; |
| 4095 | mask ^= i; |
| 4096 | i = ffs (i) - 1; |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset); |
| 4099 | offset += 8; |
| 4100 | } |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | mask = p->fmask; |
| 4103 | offset = p->fmask_offset; |
| 4104 | while (mask) |
| 4105 | { |
| 4106 | unsigned int i; |
| 4107 | i = mask & -mask; |
| 4108 | mask ^= i; |
| 4109 | i = ffs (i) - 1; |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset); |
| 4112 | offset += 8; |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym); |
| 4117 | } |
| 4118 | } |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | static void |
| 4121 | s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | char *name, name_end; |
| 4124 | char *which, which_end; |
| 4125 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4126 | int other; |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | name_end = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | if (! is_name_beginner (*name)) |
| 4131 | { |
| 4132 | as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name")); |
| 4133 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 4134 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4135 | return; |
| 4136 | } |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4139 | name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 4140 | if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end]) |
| 4141 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | if (name_end != ',') |
| 4144 | { |
| 4145 | as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type")); |
| 4146 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4147 | return; |
| 4148 | } |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | which_end = get_symbol_name (&which); |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0) |
| 4155 | other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV; |
| 4156 | else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0) |
| 4157 | other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD; |
| 4158 | else |
| 4159 | { |
| 4160 | as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv")); |
| 4161 | other = 0; |
| 4162 | } |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end); |
| 4165 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)); |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */ |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | void |
| 4174 | alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) |
| 4175 | { |
| 4176 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30); |
| 4177 | } |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | /* Get name of section. */ |
| 4182 | static const char * |
| 4183 | s_alpha_section_name (void) |
| 4184 | { |
| 4185 | char *name; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4188 | if (*input_line_pointer == '"') |
| 4189 | { |
| 4190 | int dummy; |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy); |
| 4193 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4194 | { |
| 4195 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4196 | return NULL; |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | } |
| 4199 | else |
| 4200 | { |
| 4201 | char *end = input_line_pointer; |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end)) |
| 4204 | end++; |
| 4205 | if (end == input_line_pointer) |
| 4206 | { |
| 4207 | as_warn (_("missing name")); |
| 4208 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4209 | return NULL; |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer); |
| 4213 | input_line_pointer = end; |
| 4214 | } |
| 4215 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4216 | return name; |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set, |
| 4220 | the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */ |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 | #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16 |
| 4223 | #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | /* Parse one VMS section flag. */ |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | static flagword |
| 4228 | s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len) |
| 4229 | { |
| 4230 | int no = 0; |
| 4231 | flagword flag = 0; |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0) |
| 4234 | { |
| 4235 | no = 1; |
| 4236 | str += 2; |
| 4237 | len -= 2; |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | if (len == 3) |
| 4241 | { |
| 4242 | if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0) |
| 4243 | flag = EGPS__V_PIC; |
| 4244 | else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0) |
| 4245 | flag = EGPS__V_LIB; |
| 4246 | else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0) |
| 4247 | flag = EGPS__V_OVR; |
| 4248 | else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0) |
| 4249 | flag = EGPS__V_REL; |
| 4250 | else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0) |
| 4251 | flag = EGPS__V_GBL; |
| 4252 | else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0) |
| 4253 | flag = EGPS__V_SHR; |
| 4254 | else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0) |
| 4255 | flag = EGPS__V_EXE; |
| 4256 | else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0) |
| 4257 | flag = EGPS__V_WRT; |
| 4258 | else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0) |
| 4259 | flag = EGPS__V_VEC; |
| 4260 | else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0) |
| 4261 | { |
| 4262 | flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT; |
| 4263 | no = 0; |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0) |
| 4266 | flag = EGPS__V_COM; |
| 4267 | } |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | if (flag == 0) |
| 4270 | { |
| 4271 | char c = str[len]; |
| 4272 | str[len] = 0; |
| 4273 | as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str); |
| 4274 | str[len] = c; |
| 4275 | return 0; |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | if (no) |
| 4279 | return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT; |
| 4280 | else |
| 4281 | return flag; |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */ |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5 |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] = |
| 4289 | { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" }; |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | static void |
| 4292 | s_alpha_section (int secid) |
| 4293 | { |
| 4294 | const char *name; |
| 4295 | char *beg; |
| 4296 | segT sec; |
| 4297 | flagword vms_flags = 0; |
| 4298 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | if (secid == 0) |
| 4301 | { |
| 4302 | name = s_alpha_section_name (); |
| 4303 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4304 | return; |
| 4305 | sec = subseg_new (name, 0); |
| 4306 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 4307 | { |
| 4308 | /* Skip the comma. */ |
| 4309 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4310 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | do |
| 4313 | { |
| 4314 | char c; |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4317 | c = get_symbol_name (&beg); |
| 4318 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg); |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 | SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME (); |
| 4323 | } |
| 4324 | while (*input_line_pointer++ == ','); |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 4327 | } |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4330 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec); |
| 4331 | symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 4332 | bfd_vms_set_section_flags |
| 4333 | (stdoutput, sec, |
| 4334 | (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK, |
| 4335 | vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK); |
| 4336 | } |
| 4337 | else |
| 4338 | { |
| 4339 | get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4340 | subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0); |
| 4341 | } |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4344 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 4345 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 4346 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 4347 | } |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | static void |
| 4350 | s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | subseg_new (".literals", 0); |
| 4353 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4354 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 4355 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 4356 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 4357 | } |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | /* Parse .ent directives. */ |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | static void |
| 4362 | s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 4365 | expressionS symexpr; |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL) |
| 4368 | as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end")); |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data; |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0; |
| 4373 | alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1; |
| 4374 | alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0; |
| 4375 | alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0; |
| 4376 | alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA; |
| 4377 | alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1; |
| 4378 | alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0; |
| 4379 | alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0; |
| 4380 | alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0; |
| 4381 | alpha_evax_proc->type = 0; |
| 4382 | alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0; |
| 4383 | alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0; |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | expression (&symexpr); |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol) |
| 4388 | { |
| 4389 | as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol")); |
| 4390 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4391 | return; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr); |
| 4395 | symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 4396 | alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol; |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4399 | } |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | static void |
| 4402 | s_alpha_handler (int is_data) |
| 4403 | { |
| 4404 | if (is_data) |
| 4405 | alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4406 | else |
| 4407 | { |
| 4408 | char *name, name_end; |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | name_end = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | if (! is_name_beginner (*name)) |
| 4413 | { |
| 4414 | as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name")); |
| 4415 | } |
| 4416 | else |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4421 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 4422 | alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym; |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 4426 | } |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4429 | } |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */ |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | static void |
| 4434 | s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4435 | { |
| 4436 | long val; |
| 4437 | int ra; |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1); |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4442 | if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',' |
| 4443 | || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',') |
| 4444 | { |
| 4445 | as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param")); |
| 4446 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 4447 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4448 | return; |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val; |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 | ra = tc_get_register (1); |
| 4454 | if (ra != AXP_REG_RA) |
| 4455 | as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra); |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4458 | if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',') |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param")); |
| 4461 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 4462 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4463 | return; |
| 4464 | } |
| 4465 | alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4466 | } |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | /* Parse .prologue. */ |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | static void |
| 4471 | s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4472 | { |
| 4473 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4474 | alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new |
| 4475 | (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now); |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg} |
| 4479 | Insert a procedure descriptor. */ |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | static void |
| 4482 | s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4483 | { |
| 4484 | char *name; |
| 4485 | char name_end; |
| 4486 | char *p; |
| 4487 | expressionS exp; |
| 4488 | symbolS *entry_sym; |
| 4489 | const char *entry_sym_name; |
| 4490 | const char *pdesc_sym_name; |
| 4491 | fixS *fixp; |
| 4492 | size_t len; |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | if (now_seg != alpha_link_section) |
| 4495 | { |
| 4496 | as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section")); |
| 4497 | return; |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | expression (&exp); |
| 4501 | if (exp.X_op != O_symbol) |
| 4502 | { |
| 4503 | as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol")); |
| 4504 | return; |
| 4505 | } |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp); |
| 4508 | entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym); |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 | /* Strip "..en". */ |
| 4511 | len = strlen (entry_sym_name); |
| 4512 | if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0) |
| 4513 | { |
| 4514 | as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol")); |
| 4515 | return; |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | len -= 4; |
| 4518 | pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | if (!alpha_evax_proc |
| 4521 | || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol) |
| 4522 | || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len |
| 4523 | || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0) |
| 4524 | { |
| 4525 | as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent")); |
| 4526 | return; |
| 4527 | } |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | /* Define pdesc symbol. */ |
| 4530 | symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol); |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */ |
| 4533 | ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *) |
| 4534 | symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym |
| 4535 | = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym); |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4538 | if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',') |
| 4539 | { |
| 4540 | as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>")); |
| 4541 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4542 | return; |
| 4543 | } |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4546 | name_end = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0) |
| 4549 | alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK; |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0) |
| 4552 | alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER; |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0) |
| 4555 | alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL; |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | else |
| 4558 | { |
| 4559 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 4560 | as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind")); |
| 4561 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4562 | return; |
| 4563 | } |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end); |
| 4566 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | #ifdef md_flush_pending_output |
| 4569 | md_flush_pending_output (); |
| 4570 | #endif |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | frag_align (3, 0, 0); |
| 4573 | p = frag_more (16); |
| 4574 | fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 4575 | fixp->fx_done = 1; |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind |
| 4578 | | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0) |
| 4579 | | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0) |
| 4580 | | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0); |
| 4581 | *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET; |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind) |
| 4584 | { |
| 4585 | case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL: |
| 4586 | *(p + 2) = 0; |
| 4587 | *(p + 3) = 0; |
| 4588 | break; |
| 4589 | case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER: |
| 4590 | *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save; |
| 4591 | *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save; |
| 4592 | break; |
| 4593 | case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK: |
| 4594 | md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2); |
| 4595 | break; |
| 4596 | default: /* impossible */ |
| 4597 | break; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | *(p + 4) = 0; |
| 4601 | *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f; |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | /* Signature offset. */ |
| 4604 | md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2); |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8, |
| 4607 | 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64); |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL) |
| 4610 | return; |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | /* pdesc+16: Size. */ |
| 4613 | p = frag_more (6); |
| 4614 | md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4); |
| 4615 | md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2); |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | /* Entry length. */ |
| 4618 | exp.X_op = O_subtract; |
| 4619 | exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label; |
| 4620 | exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym; |
| 4621 | emit_expr (&exp, 2); |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER) |
| 4624 | return; |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | /* pdesc+24: register masks. */ |
| 4627 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 4628 | md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4); |
| 4629 | md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4); |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | if (alpha_evax_proc->handler) |
| 4632 | { |
| 4633 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 4634 | fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, |
| 4635 | alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64); |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) |
| 4639 | { |
| 4640 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 4641 | md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8); |
| 4642 | } |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | /* Support for crash debug on vms. */ |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | static void |
| 4648 | s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4649 | { |
| 4650 | char *p; |
| 4651 | expressionS exp; |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | if (now_seg != alpha_link_section) |
| 4654 | { |
| 4655 | as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section")); |
| 4656 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4657 | return; |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | expression (&exp); |
| 4661 | if (exp.X_op != O_symbol) |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol")); |
| 4664 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4665 | return; |
| 4666 | } |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | #ifdef md_flush_pending_output |
| 4671 | md_flush_pending_output (); |
| 4672 | #endif |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | frag_align (3, 0, 0); |
| 4675 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64); |
| 4678 | } |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | /* Parse .linkage <symbol>. |
| 4681 | Create a linkage pair relocation. */ |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | static void |
| 4684 | s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4685 | { |
| 4686 | expressionS exp; |
| 4687 | char *p; |
| 4688 | fixS *fixp; |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | #ifdef md_flush_pending_output |
| 4691 | md_flush_pending_output (); |
| 4692 | #endif |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | expression (&exp); |
| 4695 | if (exp.X_op != O_symbol) |
| 4696 | { |
| 4697 | as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage")); |
| 4698 | } |
| 4699 | else |
| 4700 | { |
| 4701 | struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup; |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE); |
| 4704 | memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE); |
| 4705 | fixp = fix_new_exp |
| 4706 | (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0, |
| 4707 | BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE); |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | if (alpha_insn_label == NULL) |
| 4710 | alpha_insn_label = symbol_new |
| 4711 | (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now); |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /* Create a linkage element. */ |
| 4714 | linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups); |
| 4715 | linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp; |
| 4716 | linkage_fixup->next = NULL; |
| 4717 | linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label; |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | /* Append it to the list. */ |
| 4720 | if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL) |
| 4721 | alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup; |
| 4722 | else |
| 4723 | alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup; |
| 4724 | alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup; |
| 4725 | } |
| 4726 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | /* Parse .code_address <symbol>. |
| 4730 | Create a code address relocation. */ |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | static void |
| 4733 | s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4734 | { |
| 4735 | expressionS exp; |
| 4736 | char *p; |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | #ifdef md_flush_pending_output |
| 4739 | md_flush_pending_output (); |
| 4740 | #endif |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | expression (&exp); |
| 4743 | if (exp.X_op != O_symbol) |
| 4744 | as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address")); |
| 4745 | else |
| 4746 | { |
| 4747 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 4748 | memset (p, 0, 8); |
| 4749 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\ |
| 4750 | BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR); |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | static void |
| 4756 | s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4757 | { |
| 4758 | alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1); |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4761 | } |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | static void |
| 4764 | s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4765 | { |
| 4766 | long val; |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',') |
| 4769 | { |
| 4770 | as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive")); |
| 4771 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 4772 | } |
| 4773 | else |
| 4774 | { |
| 4775 | alpha_evax_proc->imask = val; |
| 4776 | (void) get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4777 | } |
| 4778 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | static void |
| 4782 | s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4783 | { |
| 4784 | long val; |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',') |
| 4787 | { |
| 4788 | as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive")); |
| 4789 | --input_line_pointer; |
| 4790 | } |
| 4791 | else |
| 4792 | { |
| 4793 | alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val; |
| 4794 | (void) get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4795 | } |
| 4796 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | static void |
| 4800 | s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4801 | { |
| 4802 | char *name; |
| 4803 | char c; |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4806 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 4807 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4808 | alpha_evax_proc = NULL; |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | static void |
| 4812 | s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4813 | { |
| 4814 | symbolS *s; |
| 4815 | int length; |
| 4816 | static char case_hack[32]; |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>", |
| 4819 | alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc); |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack); |
| 4822 | symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE; |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4825 | s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length)); |
| 4826 | symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE; |
| 4827 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4828 | } |
| 4829 | #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */ |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */ |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | static void |
| 4834 | s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4835 | { |
| 4836 | expressionS e; |
| 4837 | char *p; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4840 | expression (&e); |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4843 | switch (e.X_op) |
| 4844 | { |
| 4845 | case O_constant: |
| 4846 | e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section); |
| 4847 | e.X_op = O_symbol; |
| 4848 | /* FALLTHRU */ |
| 4849 | case O_symbol: |
| 4850 | break; |
| 4851 | default: |
| 4852 | abort (); |
| 4853 | } |
| 4854 | #else |
| 4855 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 4856 | switch (e.X_op) |
| 4857 | { |
| 4858 | case O_constant: |
| 4859 | e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section); |
| 4860 | /* fall through */ |
| 4861 | case O_symbol: |
| 4862 | e.X_op = O_subtract; |
| 4863 | e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol; |
| 4864 | break; |
| 4865 | default: |
| 4866 | abort (); |
| 4867 | } |
| 4868 | #endif |
| 4869 | #endif |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2) |
| 4872 | alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0); |
| 4873 | if (alpha_current_align > 2) |
| 4874 | alpha_current_align = 2; |
| 4875 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 4878 | memset (p, 0, 4); |
| 4879 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, |
| 4880 | &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32); |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the |
| 4884 | generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is |
| 4885 | correctly aligned. */ |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | static void |
| 4888 | s_alpha_float_cons (int type) |
| 4889 | { |
| 4890 | int log_size; |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | switch (type) |
| 4893 | { |
| 4894 | default: |
| 4895 | case 'f': |
| 4896 | case 'F': |
| 4897 | log_size = 2; |
| 4898 | break; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | case 'd': |
| 4901 | case 'D': |
| 4902 | case 'G': |
| 4903 | log_size = 3; |
| 4904 | break; |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | case 'x': |
| 4907 | case 'X': |
| 4908 | case 'p': |
| 4909 | case 'P': |
| 4910 | log_size = 4; |
| 4911 | break; |
| 4912 | } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size) |
| 4915 | alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0); |
| 4916 | if (alpha_current_align > log_size) |
| 4917 | alpha_current_align = log_size; |
| 4918 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | float_cons (type); |
| 4921 | } |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except |
| 4924 | parse it. */ |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | static void |
| 4927 | s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4928 | { |
| 4929 | char *name; |
| 4930 | char c; |
| 4931 | char *p; |
| 4932 | symbolS *symbolP; |
| 4933 | int temp; |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */ |
| 4936 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4937 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4938 | p = input_line_pointer; |
| 4939 | symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4940 | *p = c; |
| 4941 | SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME (); |
| 4942 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 4943 | { |
| 4944 | *p = 0; |
| 4945 | as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name); |
| 4946 | *p = c; |
| 4947 | temp = 0; |
| 4948 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4949 | } |
| 4950 | else |
| 4951 | { |
| 4952 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 4953 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4954 | } |
| 4955 | /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */ |
| 4956 | (void) symbolP; |
| 4957 | as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp); |
| 4958 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4959 | } |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of |
| 4962 | the assembler features. */ |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | static void |
| 4965 | s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 4966 | { |
| 4967 | char *name, ch, *s; |
| 4968 | int yesno = 1; |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | ch = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 4973 | s = name; |
| 4974 | if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o') |
| 4975 | { |
| 4976 | yesno = 0; |
| 4977 | s += 2; |
| 4978 | } |
| 4979 | if (!strcmp ("reorder", s)) |
| 4980 | /* ignore */ ; |
| 4981 | else if (!strcmp ("at", s)) |
| 4982 | alpha_noat_on = !yesno; |
| 4983 | else if (!strcmp ("macro", s)) |
| 4984 | alpha_macros_on = yesno; |
| 4985 | else if (!strcmp ("move", s)) |
| 4986 | /* ignore */ ; |
| 4987 | else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s)) |
| 4988 | /* ignore */ ; |
| 4989 | else |
| 4990 | as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name); |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 | (void) restore_line_pointer (ch); |
| 4993 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4994 | } |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of |
| 4997 | the $gp register. */ |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | static void |
| 5000 | s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | if (*input_line_pointer == '$') |
| 5005 | { |
| 5006 | /* $rNN form. */ |
| 5007 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5008 | if (*input_line_pointer == 'r') |
| 5009 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5010 | } |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 5013 | if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31) |
| 5014 | { |
| 5015 | alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP; |
| 5016 | as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register); |
| 5017 | } |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5020 | } |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It |
| 5023 | also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same |
| 5024 | way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */ |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | static void |
| 5027 | s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | int align; |
| 5030 | char fill, *pfill; |
| 5031 | long max_alignment = 16; |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 | align = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 5034 | if (align > max_alignment) |
| 5035 | { |
| 5036 | align = max_alignment; |
| 5037 | as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align); |
| 5038 | } |
| 5039 | else if (align < 0) |
| 5040 | { |
| 5041 | as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed")); |
| 5042 | align = 0; |
| 5043 | } |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 5046 | { |
| 5047 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5048 | fill = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 5049 | pfill = &fill; |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | else |
| 5052 | pfill = NULL; |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | if (align != 0) |
| 5055 | { |
| 5056 | alpha_auto_align_on = 1; |
| 5057 | alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1); |
| 5058 | } |
| 5059 | else |
| 5060 | { |
| 5061 | alpha_auto_align_on = 0; |
| 5062 | } |
| 5063 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5066 | } |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 | /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */ |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | static void |
| 5071 | s_alpha_stringer (int terminate) |
| 5072 | { |
| 5073 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 5074 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 5075 | stringer (8 + terminate); |
| 5076 | } |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */ |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | static void |
| 5081 | s_alpha_space (int ignore) |
| 5082 | { |
| 5083 | alpha_current_align = 0; |
| 5084 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 5085 | s_space (ignore); |
| 5086 | } |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 | /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */ |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | void |
| 5091 | alpha_cons_align (int size) |
| 5092 | { |
| 5093 | int log_size; |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | log_size = 0; |
| 5096 | while ((size >>= 1) != 0) |
| 5097 | ++log_size; |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size) |
| 5100 | alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0); |
| 5101 | if (alpha_current_align > log_size) |
| 5102 | alpha_current_align = log_size; |
| 5103 | alpha_insn_label = NULL; |
| 5104 | } |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned |
| 5107 | pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */ |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | static void |
| 5110 | s_alpha_ucons (int bytes) |
| 5111 | { |
| 5112 | int hold = alpha_auto_align_on; |
| 5113 | alpha_auto_align_on = 0; |
| 5114 | cons (bytes); |
| 5115 | alpha_auto_align_on = hold; |
| 5116 | } |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 | /* Switch the working cpu type. */ |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | static void |
| 5121 | s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5122 | { |
| 5123 | char *name, ch; |
| 5124 | const struct cpu_type *p; |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | ch = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p) |
| 5131 | if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0) |
| 5132 | { |
| 5133 | alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags; |
| 5134 | goto found; |
| 5135 | } |
| 5136 | as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | found: |
| 5139 | (void) restore_line_pointer (ch); |
| 5140 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5141 | } |
| 5142 | \f |
| 5143 | #ifdef DEBUG1 |
| 5144 | /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */ |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | static void |
| 5147 | alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp) |
| 5148 | { |
| 5149 | switch (exp->X_op) |
| 5150 | { |
| 5151 | case O_cpregister: |
| 5152 | putc (',', f); |
| 5153 | /* FALLTHRU */ |
| 5154 | case O_pregister: |
| 5155 | putc ('(', f); |
| 5156 | { |
| 5157 | expressionS nexp = *exp; |
| 5158 | nexp.X_op = O_register; |
| 5159 | print_expr_1 (f, &nexp); |
| 5160 | } |
| 5161 | putc (')', f); |
| 5162 | break; |
| 5163 | default: |
| 5164 | print_expr_1 (f, exp); |
| 5165 | break; |
| 5166 | } |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | #endif |
| 5169 | \f |
| 5170 | /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */ |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = |
| 5173 | { |
| 5174 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5175 | {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */ |
| 5176 | {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0}, |
| 5177 | #endif |
| 5178 | {"text", s_alpha_text, 0}, |
| 5179 | {"data", s_alpha_data, 0}, |
| 5180 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5181 | {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0}, |
| 5182 | #endif |
| 5183 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5184 | {"section", s_alpha_section, 0}, |
| 5185 | {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0}, |
| 5186 | {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0}, |
| 5187 | {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0}, |
| 5188 | #endif |
| 5189 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5190 | {"section", s_alpha_section, 0}, |
| 5191 | {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0}, |
| 5192 | {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0}, |
| 5193 | {"name", s_alpha_name, 0}, |
| 5194 | {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0}, |
| 5195 | {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0}, |
| 5196 | {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0}, |
| 5197 | {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0}, |
| 5198 | {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0}, |
| 5199 | {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0}, |
| 5200 | {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0}, |
| 5201 | {"end", s_alpha_end, 0}, |
| 5202 | {"file", s_alpha_file, 0}, |
| 5203 | {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1}, |
| 5204 | {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, |
| 5205 | {"link", s_alpha_section, 3}, |
| 5206 | {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4}, |
| 5207 | {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5}, |
| 5208 | {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0}, |
| 5209 | {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1}, |
| 5210 | #endif |
| 5211 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5212 | /* Frame related pseudos. */ |
| 5213 | {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0}, |
| 5214 | {"end", s_alpha_end, 0}, |
| 5215 | {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0}, |
| 5216 | {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1}, |
| 5217 | {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0}, |
| 5218 | {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0}, |
| 5219 | {"file", s_alpha_file, 5}, |
| 5220 | {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9}, |
| 5221 | {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'}, |
| 5222 | {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'}, |
| 5223 | {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0}, |
| 5224 | /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */ |
| 5225 | {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0}, |
| 5226 | {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1}, |
| 5227 | {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2}, |
| 5228 | {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3}, |
| 5229 | {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4}, |
| 5230 | {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5}, |
| 5231 | {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6}, |
| 5232 | {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7}, |
| 5233 | #else |
| 5234 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5235 | {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0}, |
| 5236 | #else |
| 5237 | {"prologue", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5238 | #endif |
| 5239 | #endif |
| 5240 | {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0}, |
| 5241 | {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'}, |
| 5242 | {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'}, |
| 5243 | {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'}, |
| 5244 | {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'}, |
| 5245 | {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'}, |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0}, |
| 5248 | {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1}, |
| 5249 | {"set", s_alpha_set, 0}, |
| 5250 | {"reguse", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5251 | {"livereg", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5252 | {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/ |
| 5253 | {"option", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5254 | {"aent", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5255 | {"ugen", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5256 | {"eflag", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | {"align", s_alpha_align, 0}, |
| 5259 | {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'}, |
| 5260 | {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'}, |
| 5261 | {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'}, |
| 5262 | {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0}, |
| 5263 | {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1}, |
| 5264 | {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1}, |
| 5265 | {"space", s_alpha_space, 0}, |
| 5266 | {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0}, |
| 5267 | {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0}, |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | /* Unaligned data pseudos. */ |
| 5270 | {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2}, |
| 5271 | {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4}, |
| 5272 | {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8}, |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5275 | /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */ |
| 5276 | {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2}, |
| 5277 | {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4}, |
| 5278 | {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8}, |
| 5279 | #endif |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */ |
| 5282 | {"noalias", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5283 | {"alias", s_ignore, 0}, |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0}, |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | {NULL, 0, 0}, |
| 5288 | }; |
| 5289 | \f |
| 5290 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 | /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and |
| 5293 | unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */ |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | static inline void |
| 5296 | maybe_set_gp (asection *sec) |
| 5297 | { |
| 5298 | bfd_vma vma; |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | if (!sec) |
| 5301 | return; |
| 5302 | vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec); |
| 5303 | if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value) |
| 5304 | alpha_gp_value = vma; |
| 5305 | } |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | static void |
| 5308 | select_gp_value (void) |
| 5309 | { |
| 5310 | gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0); |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */ |
| 5313 | alpha_gp_value = 0; |
| 5314 | alpha_gp_value--; |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */ |
| 5317 | maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section); |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */ |
| 5320 | #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10) |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT; |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value); |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | #ifdef DEBUG1 |
| 5327 | printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value); |
| 5328 | #endif |
| 5329 | } |
| 5330 | #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */ |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5333 | /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */ |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | bfd_vma |
| 5336 | alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg) |
| 5337 | { |
| 5338 | if (letter == 's') |
| 5339 | return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL; |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string"); |
| 5342 | return -1; |
| 5343 | } |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */ |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | flagword |
| 5348 | alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5349 | { |
| 5350 | if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL) |
| 5351 | flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA; |
| 5352 | return flags; |
| 5353 | } |
| 5354 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents |
| 5357 | of an rs_align_code fragment. */ |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | void |
| 5360 | alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp) |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f }; |
| 5363 | static unsigned char const nopunop[8] = |
| 5364 | { |
| 5365 | 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47, |
| 5366 | 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f |
| 5367 | }; |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | int bytes, fix; |
| 5370 | char *p; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code) |
| 5373 | return; |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix; |
| 5376 | p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix; |
| 5377 | fix = 0; |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | if (bytes & 3) |
| 5380 | { |
| 5381 | fix = bytes & 3; |
| 5382 | memset (p, 0, fix); |
| 5383 | p += fix; |
| 5384 | bytes -= fix; |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | if (bytes & 4) |
| 5388 | { |
| 5389 | memcpy (p, unop, 4); |
| 5390 | p += 4; |
| 5391 | bytes -= 4; |
| 5392 | fix += 4; |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | memcpy (p, nopunop, 8); |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | fragp->fr_fix += fix; |
| 5398 | fragp->fr_var = 8; |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | \f |
| 5401 | /* Public interface functions. */ |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets |
| 5404 | up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will |
| 5405 | need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */ |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | void |
| 5408 | md_begin (void) |
| 5409 | { |
| 5410 | unsigned int i; |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */ |
| 5413 | { |
| 5414 | expressionS e; |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | e.X_op = O_max; |
| 5417 | gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max); |
| 5418 | } |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* Create the opcode hash table. */ |
| 5421 | alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new (); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;) |
| 5424 | { |
| 5425 | const char *name, *retval, *slash; |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | name = alpha_opcodes[i].name; |
| 5428 | retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]); |
| 5429 | if (retval) |
| 5430 | as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"), |
| 5431 | name, retval); |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod" |
| 5434 | syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for |
| 5435 | use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes |
| 5436 | without the "/". */ |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL) |
| 5439 | { |
| 5440 | char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name)); |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | memcpy (p, name, slash - name); |
| 5443 | strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1); |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]); |
| 5446 | /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some |
| 5447 | variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */ |
| 5448 | } |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes |
| 5451 | && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name |
| 5452 | || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name))) |
| 5453 | continue; |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | /* Create the macro hash table. */ |
| 5457 | alpha_macro_hash = hash_new (); |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;) |
| 5460 | { |
| 5461 | const char *name, *retval; |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | name = alpha_macros[i].name; |
| 5464 | retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]); |
| 5465 | if (retval) |
| 5466 | as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"), |
| 5467 | name, retval); |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | while (++i < alpha_num_macros |
| 5470 | && (alpha_macros[i].name == name |
| 5471 | || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name))) |
| 5472 | continue; |
| 5473 | } |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */ |
| 5476 | for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) |
| 5477 | { |
| 5478 | char name[4]; |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | sprintf (name, "$%d", i); |
| 5481 | alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i, |
| 5482 | &zero_address_frag); |
| 5483 | } |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | for (; i < 64; ++i) |
| 5486 | { |
| 5487 | char name[5]; |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32); |
| 5490 | alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i, |
| 5491 | &zero_address_frag); |
| 5492 | } |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */ |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */ |
| 5497 | bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value); |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5500 | create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol); |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the |
| 5503 | symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */ |
| 5504 | alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000, |
| 5505 | &zero_address_frag); |
| 5506 | #endif |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5509 | create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol); |
| 5510 | #endif |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5513 | if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING) |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0); |
| 5516 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY); |
| 5517 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3); |
| 5518 | } |
| 5519 | #endif |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 | /* Create literal lookup hash table. */ |
| 5522 | alpha_literal_hash = hash_new (); |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | subseg_set (text_section, 0); |
| 5525 | } |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 | /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */ |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | void |
| 5530 | md_assemble (char *str) |
| 5531 | { |
| 5532 | /* Current maximum is 13. */ |
| 5533 | char opname[32]; |
| 5534 | expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS]; |
| 5535 | int ntok, trunclen; |
| 5536 | size_t opnamelen; |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | /* Split off the opcode. */ |
| 5539 | opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819"); |
| 5540 | trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1 |
| 5541 | ? opnamelen |
| 5542 | : sizeof (opname) - 1); |
| 5543 | memcpy (opname, str, trunclen); |
| 5544 | opname[trunclen] = '\0'; |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */ |
| 5547 | if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0) |
| 5548 | { |
| 5549 | if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT) |
| 5550 | as_bad (_("syntax error")); |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | return; |
| 5553 | } |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | /* Finish it off. */ |
| 5556 | assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on); |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */ |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | valueT |
| 5562 | md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size) |
| 5563 | { |
| 5564 | int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg); |
| 5565 | valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | return (size + mask) & ~mask; |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant |
| 5571 | of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number |
| 5572 | of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is |
| 5573 | returned, or NULL on OK. */ |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | const char * |
| 5576 | md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) |
| 5577 | { |
| 5578 | extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *); |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | switch (type) |
| 5581 | { |
| 5582 | /* VAX floats. */ |
| 5583 | case 'G': |
| 5584 | /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */ |
| 5585 | type = 'g'; |
| 5586 | case 'F': |
| 5587 | case 'D': |
| 5588 | return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP); |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | default: |
| 5591 | return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE); |
| 5592 | } |
| 5593 | } |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */ |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | int |
| 5598 | md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg) |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | switch (c) |
| 5601 | { |
| 5602 | case 'F': |
| 5603 | alpha_nofloats_on = 1; |
| 5604 | break; |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | case OPTION_32ADDR: |
| 5607 | alpha_addr32_on = 1; |
| 5608 | break; |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | case 'g': |
| 5611 | alpha_debug = 1; |
| 5612 | break; |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | case 'G': |
| 5615 | g_switch_value = atoi (arg); |
| 5616 | break; |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | case 'm': |
| 5619 | { |
| 5620 | const struct cpu_type *p; |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 | for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p) |
| 5623 | if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0) |
| 5624 | { |
| 5625 | alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags; |
| 5626 | goto found; |
| 5627 | } |
| 5628 | as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg); |
| 5629 | found:; |
| 5630 | } |
| 5631 | break; |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5634 | case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */ |
| 5635 | alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1; |
| 5636 | break; |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */ |
| 5639 | alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1; |
| 5640 | break; |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */ |
| 5643 | break; |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | case OPTION_REPLACE: |
| 5646 | alpha_flag_replace = 1; |
| 5647 | break; |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | case OPTION_NOREPLACE: |
| 5650 | alpha_flag_replace = 0; |
| 5651 | break; |
| 5652 | #endif |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 | case OPTION_RELAX: |
| 5655 | alpha_flag_relax = 1; |
| 5656 | break; |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5659 | case OPTION_MDEBUG: |
| 5660 | alpha_flag_mdebug = 1; |
| 5661 | break; |
| 5662 | case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG: |
| 5663 | alpha_flag_mdebug = 0; |
| 5664 | break; |
| 5665 | #endif |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | default: |
| 5668 | return 0; |
| 5669 | } |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | return 1; |
| 5672 | } |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */ |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 | void |
| 5677 | md_show_usage (FILE *stream) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | fputs (_("\ |
| 5680 | Alpha options:\n\ |
| 5681 | -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\ |
| 5682 | -F lack floating point instructions support\n\ |
| 5683 | -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\ |
| 5684 | specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\ |
| 5685 | -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\ |
| 5686 | these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"), |
| 5687 | stream); |
| 5688 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5689 | fputs (_("\ |
| 5690 | VMS options:\n\ |
| 5691 | -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\ |
| 5692 | -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\ |
| 5693 | -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"), |
| 5694 | stream); |
| 5695 | #endif |
| 5696 | } |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to, |
| 5699 | relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */ |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | long |
| 5702 | md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) |
| 5703 | { |
| 5704 | valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | switch (fixP->fx_r_type) |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2: |
| 5709 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT: |
| 5710 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP: |
| 5711 | return addr + 4; |
| 5712 | default: |
| 5713 | return addr; |
| 5714 | } |
| 5715 | } |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is |
| 5718 | ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical. |
| 5719 | To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done. |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used |
| 5722 | internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do |
| 5723 | this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute |
| 5724 | the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to |
| 5725 | GPDISP. */ |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | void |
| 5728 | md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg) |
| 5729 | { |
| 5730 | char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; |
| 5731 | valueT value = * valP; |
| 5732 | unsigned image, size; |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | switch (fixP->fx_r_type) |
| 5735 | { |
| 5736 | /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol |
| 5737 | referring to the current function's section; we need to drop |
| 5738 | in a value which, when added to the address of the start of |
| 5739 | the function, gives the desired GP. */ |
| 5740 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16: |
| 5741 | { |
| 5742 | fixS *next = fixP->fx_next; |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 | /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing |
| 5745 | the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an |
| 5746 | error message. */ |
| 5747 | if (next) |
| 5748 | fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where |
| 5749 | - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where); |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16; |
| 5752 | } |
| 5753 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5754 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP; |
| 5755 | #endif |
| 5756 | goto do_reloc_gp; |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16: |
| 5759 | value = sign_extend_16 (value); |
| 5760 | fixP->fx_offset = 0; |
| 5761 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5762 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5763 | #endif |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | do_reloc_gp: |
| 5766 | fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg); |
| 5767 | md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2); |
| 5768 | break; |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 5771 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5772 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| 5773 | size = 2; |
| 5774 | goto do_reloc_xx; |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 5777 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5778 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 5779 | size = 4; |
| 5780 | goto do_reloc_xx; |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | case BFD_RELOC_64: |
| 5783 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5784 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 5785 | size = 8; |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | do_reloc_xx: |
| 5788 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0) |
| 5789 | { |
| 5790 | md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size); |
| 5791 | goto done; |
| 5792 | } |
| 5793 | return; |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5796 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32: |
| 5797 | gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol); |
| 5798 | fixP->fx_subsy = 0; |
| 5799 | /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */ |
| 5800 | md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4); |
| 5801 | break; |
| 5802 | #else |
| 5803 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32: |
| 5804 | #endif |
| 5805 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: |
| 5806 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16: |
| 5807 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16: |
| 5808 | return; |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2: |
| 5811 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0) |
| 5812 | { |
| 5813 | image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos); |
| 5814 | image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF); |
| 5815 | goto write_done; |
| 5816 | } |
| 5817 | return; |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT: |
| 5820 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0) |
| 5821 | { |
| 5822 | image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos); |
| 5823 | image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF); |
| 5824 | goto write_done; |
| 5825 | } |
| 5826 | return; |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5829 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP: |
| 5830 | return; |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD: |
| 5833 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM: |
| 5834 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16: |
| 5835 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16: |
| 5836 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16: |
| 5837 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16: |
| 5838 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16: |
| 5839 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16: |
| 5840 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16: |
| 5841 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16: |
| 5842 | if (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 5843 | S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); |
| 5844 | return; |
| 5845 | #endif |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 5848 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL: |
| 5849 | md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2); |
| 5850 | return; |
| 5851 | #endif |
| 5852 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 5853 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE: |
| 5854 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE: |
| 5855 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR: |
| 5856 | return; |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 5859 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 5860 | value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */ |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual: |
| 5863 | "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address |
| 5864 | as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together), |
| 5865 | and the same test is done again." */ |
| 5866 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section) |
| 5867 | { |
| 5868 | fixP->fx_addnumber = -value; |
| 5869 | return; |
| 5870 | } |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff) |
| 5873 | goto done; |
| 5874 | else |
| 5875 | { |
| 5876 | /* Change to a nop. */ |
| 5877 | image = 0x47FF041F; |
| 5878 | goto write_done; |
| 5879 | } |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 5882 | /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute |
| 5883 | the value for an O_subtract. */ |
| 5884 | if (fixP->fx_addsy |
| 5885 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section) |
| 5886 | { |
| 5887 | fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value; |
| 5888 | return; |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff) |
| 5892 | goto done; |
| 5893 | else |
| 5894 | { |
| 5895 | /* Change to an lda. */ |
| 5896 | image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF); |
| 5897 | goto write_done; |
| 5898 | } |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 5901 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 5902 | value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */ |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */ |
| 5905 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section) |
| 5906 | { |
| 5907 | fixP->fx_addnumber = -value; |
| 5908 | return; |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff) |
| 5912 | { |
| 5913 | /* Out of range. */ |
| 5914 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH) |
| 5915 | { |
| 5916 | /* Add a hint. */ |
| 5917 | image = bfd_getl32(fixpos); |
| 5918 | image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF); |
| 5919 | goto write_done; |
| 5920 | } |
| 5921 | goto done; |
| 5922 | } |
| 5923 | else |
| 5924 | { |
| 5925 | /* Change to a branch. */ |
| 5926 | image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF); |
| 5927 | goto write_done; |
| 5928 | } |
| 5929 | #endif |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 5932 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 5933 | return; |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | default: |
| 5936 | { |
| 5937 | const struct alpha_operand *operand; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0) |
| 5940 | as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"), |
| 5941 | bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type)); |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands); |
| 5944 | operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type]; |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol |
| 5947 | resolution and have no representation in the object file. |
| 5948 | Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */ |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 |
| 5951 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section) |
| 5952 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5953 | _("non-absolute expression in constant field")); |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos); |
| 5956 | image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value, |
| 5957 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 5958 | } |
| 5959 | goto write_done; |
| 5960 | } |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0) |
| 5963 | return; |
| 5964 | else |
| 5965 | { |
| 5966 | as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5967 | _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type); |
| 5968 | goto done; |
| 5969 | } |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | write_done: |
| 5972 | md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4); |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | done: |
| 5975 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */ |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 | symbolS * |
| 5981 | md_undefined_symbol (char *name) |
| 5982 | { |
| 5983 | if (*name == '$') |
| 5984 | { |
| 5985 | int is_float = 0, num; |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | switch (*++name) |
| 5988 | { |
| 5989 | case 'f': |
| 5990 | if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0') |
| 5991 | return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP]; |
| 5992 | is_float = 32; |
| 5993 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | case 'r': |
| 5996 | if (!ISDIGIT (*++name)) |
| 5997 | break; |
| 5998 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': |
| 6001 | case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': |
| 6002 | if (name[1] == '\0') |
| 6003 | num = name[0] - '0'; |
| 6004 | else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0') |
| 6005 | { |
| 6006 | num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0'; |
| 6007 | if (num >= 32) |
| 6008 | break; |
| 6009 | } |
| 6010 | else |
| 6011 | break; |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT) |
| 6014 | as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\"")); |
| 6015 | return alpha_register_table[num + is_float]; |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | case 'a': |
| 6018 | if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0') |
| 6019 | { |
| 6020 | if (!alpha_noat_on) |
| 6021 | as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\"")); |
| 6022 | return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT]; |
| 6023 | } |
| 6024 | break; |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | case 'g': |
| 6027 | if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0') |
| 6028 | return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register]; |
| 6029 | break; |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | case 's': |
| 6032 | if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0') |
| 6033 | return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP]; |
| 6034 | break; |
| 6035 | } |
| 6036 | } |
| 6037 | return NULL; |
| 6038 | } |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 6041 | /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */ |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | void |
| 6044 | alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void) |
| 6045 | { |
| 6046 | select_gp_value (); |
| 6047 | /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */ |
| 6048 | alpha_gprmask &= ~1; |
| 6049 | alpha_fprmask &= ~1; |
| 6050 | } |
| 6051 | #endif |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align |
| 6054 | code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be |
| 6055 | required. */ |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | void |
| 6058 | alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym) |
| 6059 | { |
| 6060 | alpha_insn_label = sym; |
| 6061 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 6062 | dwarf2_emit_label (sym); |
| 6063 | #endif |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if |
| 6067 | there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */ |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 | int |
| 6070 | alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f) |
| 6071 | { |
| 6072 | if (alpha_flag_relax) |
| 6073 | return 1; |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | switch (f->fx_r_type) |
| 6076 | { |
| 6077 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16: |
| 6078 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16: |
| 6079 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP: |
| 6080 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL: |
| 6081 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 6082 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE: |
| 6083 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: |
| 6084 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32: |
| 6085 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16: |
| 6086 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16: |
| 6087 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE: |
| 6088 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR: |
| 6089 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP: |
| 6090 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD: |
| 6091 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM: |
| 6092 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16: |
| 6093 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16: |
| 6094 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16: |
| 6095 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16: |
| 6096 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16: |
| 6097 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16: |
| 6098 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16: |
| 6099 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16: |
| 6100 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 6101 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 6102 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 6103 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 6104 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 6105 | #endif |
| 6106 | return 1; |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | default: |
| 6109 | break; |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | return generic_force_reloc (f); |
| 6113 | } |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */ |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | int |
| 6118 | alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f) |
| 6119 | { |
| 6120 | /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a |
| 6121 | reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */ |
| 6122 | switch (f->fx_r_type) |
| 6123 | { |
| 6124 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16: |
| 6125 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16: |
| 6126 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP: |
| 6127 | return 0; |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL: |
| 6130 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL: |
| 6131 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE: |
| 6132 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE: |
| 6133 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR: |
| 6134 | return 1; |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 6137 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 6138 | return 0; |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: |
| 6141 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32: |
| 6142 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16: |
| 6143 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16: |
| 6144 | case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2: |
| 6145 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 6146 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 6147 | case BFD_RELOC_64: |
| 6148 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT: |
| 6149 | return 1; |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD: |
| 6152 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM: |
| 6153 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16: |
| 6154 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16: |
| 6155 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16: |
| 6156 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16: |
| 6157 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16: |
| 6158 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16: |
| 6159 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16: |
| 6160 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16: |
| 6161 | /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but |
| 6162 | we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */ |
| 6163 | return 0; |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 6166 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP: |
| 6167 | /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and |
| 6168 | let it get resolved at assembly time. */ |
| 6169 | { |
| 6170 | symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy; |
| 6171 | const char *name; |
| 6172 | int offset = 0; |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | if (generic_force_reloc (f)) |
| 6175 | return 0; |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD) |
| 6178 | { |
| 6179 | case STO_ALPHA_NOPV: |
| 6180 | break; |
| 6181 | case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD: |
| 6182 | offset = 8; |
| 6183 | break; |
| 6184 | default: |
| 6185 | if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym)) |
| 6186 | name = "<local>"; |
| 6187 | else |
| 6188 | name = S_GET_NAME (sym); |
| 6189 | as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line, |
| 6190 | _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"), |
| 6191 | name); |
| 6192 | break; |
| 6193 | } |
| 6194 | f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2; |
| 6195 | f->fx_offset += offset; |
| 6196 | return 1; |
| 6197 | } |
| 6198 | #endif |
| 6199 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 6200 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 6201 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 6202 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 6203 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 6204 | return 1; |
| 6205 | #endif |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | default: |
| 6208 | return 1; |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | } |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 | /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the |
| 6213 | fixup used internally in the assembler. */ |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | arelent * |
| 6216 | tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6217 | fixS *fixp) |
| 6218 | { |
| 6219 | arelent *reloc; |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | reloc = XNEW (arelent); |
| 6222 | reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 6223 | *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 6224 | reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far. |
| 6227 | They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */ |
| 6228 | gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0); |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type); |
| 6231 | if (reloc->howto == NULL) |
| 6232 | { |
| 6233 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 6234 | _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"), |
| 6235 | bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type)); |
| 6236 | return NULL; |
| 6237 | } |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| 6240 | as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"), |
| 6241 | bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type)); |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative); |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 6248 | /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */ |
| 6249 | /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */ |
| 6250 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL) |
| 6251 | reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value; |
| 6252 | #endif |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | #ifdef OBJ_EVAX |
| 6255 | switch (fixp->fx_r_type) |
| 6256 | { |
| 6257 | struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata; |
| 6258 | const char *pname; |
| 6259 | int pname_len; |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE: |
| 6262 | /* Copy the linkage index. */ |
| 6263 | reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber; |
| 6264 | break; |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP: |
| 6267 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR: |
| 6268 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA: |
| 6269 | case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH: |
| 6270 | pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name; |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that |
| 6273 | the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */ |
| 6274 | pname_len = strlen (pname); |
| 6275 | if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0) |
| 6276 | { |
| 6277 | symbolS *sym; |
| 6278 | char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4); |
| 6279 | sym = symbol_find (my_pname); |
| 6280 | free (my_pname); |
| 6281 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 6282 | abort (); |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym)) |
| 6285 | { |
| 6286 | symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol; |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly |
| 6289 | written program. */ |
| 6290 | if (n == sym) |
| 6291 | break; |
| 6292 | sym = n; |
| 6293 | } |
| 6294 | pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name; |
| 6295 | } |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 | udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct); |
| 6298 | udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 6299 | udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym); |
| 6300 | udata->origname = (char *)pname; |
| 6301 | udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *) |
| 6302 | symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex; |
| 6303 | reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata; |
| 6304 | reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber; |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | default: |
| 6307 | break; |
| 6308 | } |
| 6309 | #endif |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | return reloc; |
| 6312 | } |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register |
| 6315 | number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name |
| 6316 | matching for us. |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */ |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | int |
| 6321 | tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6322 | { |
| 6323 | int framereg = AXP_REG_SP; |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 6326 | if (*input_line_pointer == '$') |
| 6327 | { |
| 6328 | char *s; |
| 6329 | char c = get_symbol_name (&s); |
| 6330 | symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s); |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | *strchr (s, '\0') = c; |
| 6333 | if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31) |
| 6334 | goto found; |
| 6335 | } |
| 6336 | as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg); |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | found: |
| 6339 | note_gpreg (framereg); |
| 6340 | return framereg; |
| 6341 | } |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to |
| 6344 | work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels. |
| 6345 | However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were |
| 6346 | called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may |
| 6347 | mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to |
| 6348 | mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */ |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | void |
| 6353 | alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void) |
| 6354 | { |
| 6355 | if (alpha_debug != 0 |
| 6356 | && ! ecoff_debugging_seen) |
| 6357 | flag_keep_locals = 1; |
| 6358 | } |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */ |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 | /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for |
| 6363 | IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point |
| 6364 | format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */ |
| 6365 | #include "config/atof-vax.c" |